Table of Contents
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10‑K
 	 	
☒	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014
 	 	
☐	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the transition period from            to	
 
Commission file number 000‑52049

SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 	 	
Delaware
(State of incorporation)	06‑1594540
(IRS Employer Identification No.)	
 
200 Crossing Boulevard, 8th Floor, Bridgewater, New Jersey 08807
(Address of principal executive offices, including ZIP code)
(866) 620‑3940
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

 
 	 	
Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered	
Common Stock, par value $.0001 par value	The NASDAQ Stock Market, LLC	
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well‑known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). Yes ☐  No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒  No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S‑T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S‑K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10‑K or any amendment to this Form 10‑K.  ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non‑accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 	 	 	 	
Large accelerated filer ☒	Accelerated filer ☐	Non‑accelerated filer ☐
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company ☐	
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b‑2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐  No ☒
 
The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non‑affiliates of the Registrant as of June 30, 2014, the last business day of the Registrant’s last completed second quarter, based upon the closing price of the common stock as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market on such date was approximately $1 billion. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer, director and stockholders known by the Registrant to own 10% or more of the outstanding stock based on public filings and other information known to the Registrant have been excluded since such persons may be deemed affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
 
As of February 23, 2015, a total of 43,027,001 shares of the Registrant’s common stock were outstanding. The exhibit index as required by Item 601(a) of Regulation S‑K is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this report on Form 10‑K.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Information required by Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) is incorporated by reference to portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which is to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the end of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2014. Except as expressly incorporated by reference, the Proxy Statement shall not be deemed to be a part of this report on Form 10‑K.

 

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
FORM 10‑K
December 31, 2014
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 	 	 	
Item	 	Page No.	
 	PART I	 	
1. 	Business	1 	
1A. 	Risk Factors	14 	
1B. 	Unresolved Staff Comments	25 	
2. 	Properties	26 	
3. 	Legal Proceedings	26 	
4. 	Mine Safety Disclosures	26 	
 	PART II	 	
5. 	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	27 	
6. 	Selected Financial Data	29 	
7. 	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	30 	
7A. 	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	46 	
8. 	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	48 	
9. 	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	83 	
9A. 	Controls and Procedures	83 	
9B. 	Other Information	86 	
 	PART III	 	
10. 	Directors and Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	86 	
11. 	Executive Compensation	86 	
12. 	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	86 	
13. 	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions	87 	
14. 	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	87 	
 	PART IV	 	
15. 	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	88 	
 	Signatures	91 	

 
i

 
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
The words "Synchronoss", "we", "our", "ours", "us" and the "Company" refer to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. All statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements regarding Synchronoss' "expectations," "beliefs," "hopes," "intentions," “anticipates,” “seeks,” "strategies," "plans," "targets," "estimations," “outlook” or the like. Such statements are based on management's current expectations and are subject to a number of factors and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. Synchronoss cautions investors that there can be no assurance that actual results or business conditions will not differ materially from those projected or suggested in such forward-looking statements as a result of various factors including, but not limited to, the risk factors discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Synchronoss expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in Synchronoss' expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions, or circumstances on which any such statements are based.
 
General
 
We are a mobile innovation company that provides software-based cloud and activation solutions for connected devices to enterprise customers on a global scale.  Our software creates innovative consumer and enterprise solutions that drive billions of transactions on a wide range of connected devices across the world’s leading networks. Our solutions include: intelligent connectivity management and content synchronization, backup and sharing service procurement, provisioning, activation, and support that enable communications service providers (CSPs), cable operators/multi-services operators (MSOs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) with embedded connectivity (e.g. smartphones, laptops, tablets and mobile Internet devices, such as automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes), multi-channel retailers and other customers to accelerate and monetize value-add services for connected devices. This includes automating subscriber activation, order management, upgrades, service provisioning and connectivity and content management from any sales channel to any communication service (wireless or wireline), across any connected device type and managing the content transfer, synchronization and share.
 
Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is specifically designed to power the activation of the devices and technologies that seamlessly connect today’s consumer and leverage our cloud assets to manage these devices and content associated with them.  Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platform focuses on providing a secure, integrated file sharing and collaboration solution for small and medium businesses. Our consumer and small business platforms and solutions enable us to drive a natural extension of our mobile activations and cloud services with leading wireless networks around the world to link other non-traditional devices (i.e., automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes).
 
Our Activation Services, Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ and Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platforms provide end-to-end seamless integration between customer-facing channels/applications, communication services, or devices and “back-office” infrastructure-related systems and processes. Our customers rely on our solutions and technology to automate the process of activation and content and settings management for their subscriber’s devices while delivering additional communication services. Our Integrated Life™ platform brings together the capabilities of device/service activation with content and settings management to provide a seamless experience of activating and managing both traditional and non-traditional devices. Our platforms also support automated customer care processes through use of accurate and effective speech processing technology and enable our customers to offer their subscribers the ability to store in and retrieve from the Cloud their personal and work content and data which resides on their connected mobile devices, such as personal computers, smartphones and tablets.  Our platforms are designed to be carrier-grade, highly available, flexible and scalable to enable multiple converged communication services to be managed across multiple distribution channels including e-commerce, m-commerce, telesales, customer stores, indirect and other retail outlets allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging services and connected devices offered by our customers. We enable our customers to acquire, retain and service subscribers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively by enabling backup, restore, synchronization and sharing of subscriber content.  Through the use of our platforms, our customers can simplify the processes associated with managing the customer experience for procuring, activating, connecting, backing-up, synchronizing and social media and enterprise-wide sharing/collaboration with connected devices and contents from these devices and associated services.  The extensibility, scalability, reliability and relevance of our platforms enable new revenue streams and retention opportunities for our customers through new
1

 
Table of Contents
subscriber acquisitions, sale of new devices, accessories and new value-added service offerings in the Cloud, while optimizing their cost of operations and enhancing customer experience. We currently operate in and market our solutions and services directly through our sales organizations in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific.
 
Our industry-leading customers include Tier 1 mobile service providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless, Vodafone, Orange, Sprint, Telstra and U.S. Cellular, Tier 1 cable operators/MSOs and wireline operators like AT&T Inc., Comcast, Cablevision, Charter, CenturyLink, Mediacom and Level 3 Communications and large OEMs such as Apple and Ericsson.  These customers utilize our platforms, technology and services to service both consumer and business customers.
 
We were incorporated in Delaware in 2000. Our Web address is www.synchronoss.com. On this Web site, we post the following filings as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with or furnished to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC): our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K, our proxy statement on Form 14A related to our annual stockholders' meeting and any amendment to those reports or statements filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All such filings are available on the Investor Relations portion of our Web site free of charge. The contents of our Web site are not intended to be incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file.
 
Synchronoss’ Platforms
 
Our Activation Services, Synchronoss Personal  Cloud™, Synchronoss WorkSpace™ and Integrated Life™ platforms provide highly scalable automated on-demand, end-to-end order processing, transaction management, service provisioning, device activation, intelligent connectivity and content transfer, synchronization and social media as well as enterprise-wide sharing/collaboration through multiple channels including e-commerce, m-commerce, telesales, enterprise, indirect, and retail outlets. Our global platforms are designed to be flexible and scalable across a wide range of existing communication services and connected devices, while offering a best-in-class experience for our customers and supporting traditional and non-traditional devices. The extensible nature of our platforms enables our customers to rapidly respond to the ever changing and competitive nature of the telecommunications and mobile marketplaces.
 
Our Activation Services and Integrated Life platforms orchestrate the complex and different back-end systems of communication service providers to provide a best-in-class ordering system by orchestrating the workflow and consolidated automated customer care services. This allows CSPs using our platforms to realize the full benefits of their offerings.  The platforms also support, among other automated transaction areas, credit card billing, inventory management, and trouble ticketing. In addition to this, the platform supports the physical transactions involved in customer activation and service such as managing access service requests, local service requests, local number portability, and directory listings. Our Integrated Life platform also enables our customers to activate non-traditional devices, such as wearables and automobiles, where activations could take place in environments totally out of a mobile operator’s control, such as at an OEM or in the hands of an end-consumer in an automobile.
 
Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud and Synchronoss WorkSpace platforms extend features from our core platform into more transaction areas required to enable subscriber management for connected devices including directly on the device itself. In addition, our Synchronoss Personal Cloud platform is specifically designed to support connected devices, such as smartphones, mobile Internet devices (MIDs), laptops, tablets and wirelessly enabled consumer electronics such as wearables for health and wellness, cameras, tablets, e-readers, personal navigation devices, and global positioning system (GPS) enabled devices, as well as connected automobiles.
 
Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud platform is designed to deliver an operator-branded experience for subscribers to backup, restore, synchronize and share their personal content across smartphones, tablets, computers and other connected devices from anywhere at any time. A key element of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud platform is that it extends a carrier’s or OEM’s visibility and reaches into all aspects of a subscriber’s use of a connected device.  It introduces the notion of Connect-Sync-Activate for all devices.  Through our Activation Services platform a device is activated via a variety of different channels. Once connected, most users of mobile devices avail themselves of content synchronization from the Cloud using policies that are appropriate and applicable to each specific device.
 
Our Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platform is designed to deliver an operator branded or enterprise co-branded experience for employees of small and medium businesses to share and collaborate with documents and files through the use of any device from any place without violating corporate enterprise policies and adhering to compliance policies.
2

 
Table of Contents
 
In addition to handling large volumes of customer transactions quickly and efficiently, our platforms are designed to recognize, isolate and address transactions when there is insufficient information or other erroneous process elements. This knowledge enables us to adapt our solutions to automate a higher percentage of transactions over time, further improving the value of our solutions to our customers. Our platforms also offer a centralized reporting platform that provides intelligent, real-time analytics around the entire workflow related to any transaction. This reporting allows our customers to appropriately identify buying behaviors and trends, define their subscriber segments and pin-point areas where their business is changing or could be improved.  These analytics enable our customers to upsell new and additional products and services in a targeted fashion that help increase their consumption of our product offerings. The automation and ease of integration of our platforms are designed to enable our customers to lower the cost of new subscriber acquisitions, enhance the accuracy and reliability of customer transactions thereby reducing the inbound service call volumes, and responding rapidly to competitive market conditions to create new revenue streams. Our platforms offer flexible, scalable, extensible and relevant solutions backed by service level agreements (SLAs) and exception handling.
 
Our platforms manage transactions relating to a wide range of existing communications and digital content services across our customers. For example, we enable wireless providers to conduct business-to-consumer, or B2C, business-to-business, or B2B, enterprise and indirect channel (i.e.: resellers/dealers) transactions. The capabilities of our platforms are designed to provide our customers with the opportunity to improve operational performance and efficiencies, dynamically identify new revenue opportunities and rapidly deploy new services. They are also designed to provide customers the opportunity to improve performance and efficiencies for activation, content migration and connectivity management for connected devices.
 
Our platforms are designed to be:
 
Carrier Grade:  We designed our platforms to handle high-volume transactions from carriers (such as the launch of the new iPhone 6) rapidly and efficiently, with virtually no down-time. Our platforms are also capable of simultaneously handling millions of device content related transactions on a daily basis to ensure that personal content on all subscriber devices stays fresh and synchronized with the Cloud.
 
Highly Automated:  We designed our platforms to eliminate manual processes and to automate otherwise labor-intensive tasks, thus improving operating efficiencies and order accuracy, and reducing costs. By tracking every order and identifying those that are not provisioned properly, our platforms are designed to substantially reduce the need for manual intervention and reduce unnecessary customer service center calls. The technology of our platforms automatically guides a customer's request for service through the entire series of required steps.
 
Predictable and Reliable:  We are committed to providing high-quality, dependable services to our customers. To ensure reliability, system uptime and other service offerings, our transaction management is guaranteed through SLAs. Our platforms offer a complete customer management solution, including exception handling, which we believe is one of the main factors that differentiates us from our competitors. In performing exception handling, our platforms recognize and isolate transaction orders that are not configured to specifications, process them in a timely manner and communicate these orders back to our customers, thereby improving efficiency and reducing backlog. If manual intervention is required, our exception handling services are performed internally as well as outsourced to centers located in Canada and the United States and, where applicable, to other cost-effective geographies. Additionally, our database is designed to preserve data integrity while ensuring fast, efficient, transaction-oriented data retrieval methods.
 
Seamless:  Our platforms integrate information across our customers' entire operation, including subscriber information, order information, delivery status, installation scheduling and content stored on the device to allow for the seamless activation and content transfer during the device purchase flow. Through our platforms, the device is automatically activated and consumer's content is available for use via the Cloud, ensuring continuity of service and reducing subscriber churn propensity. CSPs and multi-channel retailers can bundle additional applications during retail phone purchases, and also provide live updates to support new features and new devices. We have built our platforms using an open design with fully-documented software interfaces, commonly referred to as application programming interfaces, or APIs. Our APIs enable our customers, strategic partners and other third parties to integrate our platforms with other software applications and to build best-in-class cloud-based applications incorporating third-party or customer-designed capabilities. Through our open design and alliance program, we believe we provide our customers with superior solutions that combine our technology with best-of-breed applications with the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of commercial, packaged interfaces.
3

 
Table of Contents
 
Scalable:  Our platforms are designed to process expanding transaction volumes reliably and cost effectively. While our transaction volume has increased rapidly since our inception, we anticipate substantial future growth in transaction volumes, and we believe our platforms are capable of scaling their output commensurately, requiring principally routine computer hardware and software updates. Our synchronization and activation platforms routinely support our customers' transactions at the highest level of demands when needed with our current production deployments. We continue to see the number of transactions for connected devices, such as smartphones, mobile Internet devices (MIDs), laptops, tablets and wirelessly enabled consumer electronics such as cameras, tablets, e-readers, personal navigation devices, global positioning system (GPS) enabled devices, and other connected consumer electronics, to be one of the fastest growing transaction types across all our platforms, products and services. Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud platform is deployed across more than 65 million devices, managing 10 billion entities in the Cloud and performing more than 7 million synchronizations per day.
 
Value-add Reporting Tools:  Our platforms' attributes are tightly integrated into the critical workflows of our customers and have analytical reporting capabilities that provide near real-time information for every step of the relevant transaction processes. In addition to improving end-user customer satisfaction, these capabilities are designed to provide our customers with value-added insights into historical and current transaction trends. We also offer mobile reporting capabilities for users to receive critical data about their transactions on connected devices.
 
Build Consumer Loyalty and Create New Revenue Streams:  Our synchronization services help drive consumers to the CSPs, OEM or multi-channel retailers by presenting them with a branded application and fully-integrated Web portal that provides convenience, security, and continuity for end user customers, which we believe helps our customers by further building the loyalty of their subscribers.  Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud solution helps reduce subscriber churn by making it easy for subscribers to migrate smartphone content from an old device to a new device. Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud   solution enables our carrier customers to sell premium value-add cloud storage solutions as well as cloud enabling premium partner opportunities. We are designing solutions that will allow carriers, OEMs and retail distributors to promote and fulfill new services through mobile channels to better monetize their cloud subscriber base.
 
Efficient:  Our platforms' capabilities provide what we believe to be a more cost-effective, efficient and productive approach to enabling new activations across services and channels. Our solutions allow our customers to reduce overhead costs associated with building and operating their own customer transaction management infrastructure. With automated activation and integrated fall out support, our e-commerce platforms centralize customer service expectations, which we believe dramatically reduces our customers’ subscriber acquisition/retention costs in addition to operating expenses for training and staffing costs. We also provide our customers with the information and tools intended to more efficiently manage marketing and operational aspects of their business, as well as business intelligence required to do targeted up-selling of their products and services.
 
Quick Concept to Market Delivery:  The automation and ease of integration of our on-demand platform allows our customers to accelerate the deployment of their services and new service offerings by shortening the time between a subscriber's order and the provisioning of service or activation and enabling of a connected device(s).
 
Extensible and Relevant:  Our customers operate in dynamic and fast paced industries. Our platforms and solutions are built in a modular fashion, thereby conducive to be extended dynamically and enabling our customers to offer solutions that are relevant to current market situations, with the goal of providing them with the competitive edge required for them to be successful. The platforms are also designed to be highly customizable to each carrier’s specific back end systems as well as branding requirements.
 
Designed to integrate with back-office systems, our platforms allow work to flow electronically across our customers’ organizations while providing ready access to performance and resource usage information in providing activation and subscriber management.
 
4

 
Table of Contents
Demand Drivers for Our Business
 
Our products and services are capable of managing a wide variety of transactions across multiple customer delivery channels and services, which we believe enables us to benefit from increased growth, complexity and technological change in the communications technology industry. As the communications technology industry evolves, new access networks, connected devices and applications with multiple services and modes are emerging. More significantly, the accumulation of multiple connected devices per subscriber is creating new opportunities for network and cloud-driven service continuity. This proliferation of services and advancement of technologies is accelerating subscriber revenue growth, significantly expanding the types and volume of rich content accessed and stored by consumers, and increasing the number of transactions between our customers and their subscribers. In addition to this dynamic, we believe our core electronic transaction management business is further being driven by the following factors:
 
 	·	 	A proliferation of connected devices led by a) new and richer operating systems, b) increasing connected devices adoption, c) broadband networks experiencing critical mass and d) enhanced cloud computing enabling access to rich content	

 	·	 	New and evolving business models by North American carriers encouraging more frequent device upgrades by subscribers	

 	·	 	New emerging connected devices are giving consumers multiple smart devices and create a more compelling need for cloud sharing and identity management	

 	·	 	Wireless ecosystem continues to experience a paradigm shift in its buying patterns	

 	·	 	Continued growth of the online channel for the communications marketplace	

 	·	 	Expansion of communication service bundles to be utilized across multiple devices	

 	·	 	Pressure on operators to improve efficiency while delivering a superior subscriber experience	

 	·	 	Growth of the on-demand delivery model	

 	·	 	Mobile Network Operators’ shift in focus from new subscriber additions to new connections added, as well as an increasing concentration adding new non-traditional devices to family share plans	

 	·	 	Mobile applications and cloud-enabled services combined with innovative devices and the Internet of Things offer new opportunities to connect, transact business and consume an array of information	
 
We continue to see embedded connectivity technology within a vast array of common electronic devices.  According to “The Mobile Economy 2014” report by GSM Association (GSMA), total connected devices are projected to grow from 11.3 billion in 2013 to 25.7 billion in 2020. Of these devices, growth in mobile is expected from 6.9 billion in 2013 to 10.8 billion in 2020.
 
We see the following drivers behind this development:
 
New and Richer Operating Systems:  In many ways, device operating systems like the iOS for the iPhone/iTouch/iPad portfolio, the Android produced by Google, Windows ®  mobile devices, and BlackBerry OS for the BlackBerry portfolio have accelerated the adoption and usage of smartphones. According to an International Data Corporation (IDC) report, from 2013 to 2017, tablets are projected to increase from 11.8 percent to 16.5 percent, while smartphones will increase from 59.5 percent to 70.5 percent.  Citing a recent IDC report, tablet shipments for the full year 2014 increased 4.4%, totaling 229.6 million units.
 
Increasing Mobile Adoption Worldwide:  According to estimates by the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), today there are 2.3 billion active mobile-broadband subscriptions in the world or 32 percent of the global population, reaching 10 percent fixed-broadband penetration globally. In the GSMA market report, “The Mobile Economy 2014,” the GSMA stated that by 2020, 55 percent of the world’s population is expected to have their own mobile subscription. 
 
Smartphone Sales and Diversification:    IDC expects 1.4 billion smartphones to be shipped worldwide in 2015 for a 12.2% year-over-year growth rate. Slower annual growth continues throughout the forecast with unit shipments approaching 1.9 billion units in 2018, resulting in a 9.8% compound annual growth rate (CAGR) for the 2014–2018 forecast period. Despite a number of mature markets nearing smartphone saturation, the demand for low-cost computing in emerging markets continues to drive the smartphone market forward. These smartphones, tablets and other connected devices have a need to store, synchronize and share content across multiple devices which drive the need for personal cloud solutions in the marketplace.
 
5

 
Table of Contents
Wireless Broadband Networks Experiencing Critical Mass:  The establishment of multiple broadband mobile networks (e.g., Universal Mobile Telecommunications System, High-Speed Packet Access, Evolution-Data Optimized, WiMax, and LTE among others) has provided broader bandwidth to CSPs, while decreasing the cost per bit transmitted, thus enabling the proliferation of mobile devices and equipment with embedded connectivity. As more of these devices enter the market, and many of them with lower average revenue per user (ARPU) than traditional wireless services, they will necessitate an efficient and seamless activation/provisioning system with a best-in-class customer experience to differentiate them.
 
4G-LTE Networks:  The emergence of 4G-LTE networks is expected to improve the connected devices customer experience with higher data speeds and reduced latency. In addition, devices such as mobile routers and tablets can generate mobile hotspots. With fixed mobile broadband, mobile carriers and MSOs can also offer bundled services. As well, these networks are also focused on enhancing Machine to Machine (M2M) communications.
 
Wireless Ecosystem Continues to Experience a Paradigm Shift in its Buying Patterns:    Consumers have traditionally been accustomed to purchasing their devices and service plans directly from CSPs. That is, if they wanted a particular wireless service, they first had to decide which operator they wanted, and then only after they made this decision, could they select a phone. We are seeing considerable forces altering this typical buy flow and in doing so generating considerable innovation and a change in the ecosystem.  Managing the activation, provisioning, connectivity and synchronization of these devices and handling the connectivity with the different service providers is something that is not core to OEMs or multi-channel retailers. As this dynamic evolves, we expect that there will be an increasing need for automated connect-sync-activate services as well as other transaction areas such as device integration, certification, credit card billing, inventory management, and trouble ticketing.
 
Continued Growth of the Online Channel for the Communications Space:    Cloud-based commerce provides our customers with the opportunity to cost-effectively gain new subscribers, provide service and interact more effectively. Specifically, we estimate that the cost per gross add (CPGA) for a customer obtained via e-commerce can be up to 50% less than those obtained via traditional means. With the dramatic increase in Internet usage and desire to directly connect with end users over the course of the customer lifecycle, service providers are increasingly focusing on e-commerce as a channel for customer acquisition and delivery of ongoing services. According to the market research firm Forrester, e-commerce sales were approximately 9 percent of all sales in the U.S. and projected to reach 11 percent by 2018. As online channels continue to experience growth, we expect that there will be an increasing need to automate the activation and provisioning process of mobile devices, and provide a best-in-class customer experience over the Internet.
 
Expansion of Communication Service Bundles:   “Quad Play” services are bundled offerings that include fixed voice, broadband, television and mobile voice. According to Ovum, quad-play bundles are predicted to be the fastest-growing bundle type, rising to almost 46 million subscriptions by 2019, a 31 percent compound annual growth rate. With subscribers expecting CSPs to offer all services under one contract, communications companies continue the development of bundled style offerings of their available services. In this environment, more CSPs are utilizing an array of communication delivery technologies to become all-in-one providers of communication services. For example, MSOs are increasingly creating true quad-play's (i.e., voice, video, high speed data and wireless) with the creation, acquisition and/or development of their own wireless networks. As wireless technology proliferates further into the consumer device market, we believe we will see an emergence of service bundling that surpasses the traditional perception of a quad-play, where the wireless component will encompass an added array of wireless enabled devices. As quad-play offerings gain more traction and service bundles begin encompassing emerging devices and technologies, we believe that the level of complexity in seamlessly delivering these services will increase significantly and that CSPs will need transaction management systems that can effectively handle those delivery challenges.
 
Faster Upgrade Cycles for Smartphones:  According to the IDC, the sale of worldwide smart connected devices will continue to surge, with overall shipments surpassing 2 billion units by the end of 2015 with a market value of $735.1 billion. A GSMA report, “The Mobile Economy 2014” stated that by 2020, the positive impact on the global economy could be worth as much as $4.5 trillion per annum. Two key areas of our business are involved in this process. Subscribers placing their orders on-line with our operator customers, transparently use our Activation platform for these upgrades resulting in growth of transactions processed by us. Secondly, subscribers who upgrade need to back up their data from old phones and restore that data on their new devices, which increases the need for our cloud solutions. With the storage capacity of Smartphones increasing each year, we anticipate that the requirements for storage to back up the data on these devices will also increase.
 
6

 
Table of Contents
Pressure on Customers to Improve Efficiency while Delivering a Superior Subscriber Experience: Increased competition, recessionary markets, and the cost of network capacity have placed significant pressure on our customers to reduce costs and increase revenues. At the same time, due to deregulation, the emergence of new network technologies and the proliferation of services, the complexity of back-office operations has increased significantly. Customers with multiple back-end systems are looking for ways to help their systems interoperate for a better customer experience. In addition, customers are moving to automated provisioning systems that enable them to more easily purchase, upgrade or add new features, application and content. As a result, we believe customers are looking for ways to offer new communications services more rapidly and efficiently to existing and new customers. Increased competition and demand for superior subscriber experience have placed significant pressure on our customers to improve customer-centric processes. CSPs are increasingly turning to transaction-based, cost effective, scalable and automated third-party solutions that can offer guaranteed levels of service delivery.
 
Growth in On-Demand Delivery Model: Our on-demand business model enables delivery of our proprietary solutions over the Internet as a service. As such, customers do not have to make large and potentially risky upfront investments in software, additional hardware, extensive implementation services and additional IT staff.
 
Services, Networks and Device Complexity:  The wireless industry is changing. CSPs are moving away from unlimited data plans, networks are becoming multi-layered with varying levels of complexity and devices are becoming more feature rich and capable, driving bandwidth consuming traffic over the networks. We believe all of these require CSPs and OEMs to be more creative in the services they offer, requiring an increased need for automation in device integration, certification and activation. This will require complex policy based device and network management. Certain functions of our platforms can help address these needs.
 
 Our Growth Strategy
 
Our growth strategy is to establish our platforms as the de-facto industry standard for CSPs, MSOs, OEMs, and multi-channel retailers while investing in logical extensions of our product and services portfolio. We will continue to focus our technology and development efforts around improving functionality, helping customers drive higher ARPU and subscriber retention, embracing alternative channels and allowing more capabilities for ordering bundled applications and content offerings across these same complex and advanced networks.
 
Key elements of this strategy are:
 
Expand our Product Portfolio to Communication Service Providers.  Given the explosive growth of connected mobile broadband devices and the increasing need to backup, restore and share content across those devices, our objective is to play a vital role in monetizing those devices with our connect-sync-activate strategy.  Methods of monetization may include licenses per device, maintenance fees, professional service fees, active user fees as well as data storage fees.  The acquisition of Newbay Software, Limited and VoxMobili Limited has enabled us to expand the functionality of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud platform and improve the scalability of the existing NewBay and VoxMobili platforms to offer a more robust solution to our customers.  Once our Synchronoss Personal Cloud solution deployment reaches critical mass, we believe we will be able to integrate the solution with other potential revenue generating offers from service providers and other customers.
 
Expanding into Enterprise Cloud.  Following up on the success of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud offering, we have also leveraged that platform to support the increased need for cloud-based document sharing and collaboration needs in the Small and Medium Business (SMB) area. SMB’s rely heavily on CSP’s for support of new trends, such as Bring Your Own Technology (BYOT/BYOD). Our Synchronoss WorkSpace offering is ideally suited for such solutions, as it assures an IT manager that employees can enhance productivity by using their own mobile devices, while complying with security and other IT policies.
 
Expand Into New Geographic Markets.  Although the majority of our revenue has traditionally been generated in North America, we continue to expand globally. Today, we have several instances of our platforms deployed in Europe and new customer engagements with a variety of carriers, such as Vodafone to support their customers. In addition, our various acquisitions, including those of VoxMobili and Clarity in 2014 have helped expand our operations and customer engagements in Europe and the Asia-Pacific region.  We believe that the growth of connected devices will further drive opportunities to penetrate new geographic markets within the coming years. The Asia/Pacific and Latin America regions are of particular interest, as these markets experience similar trends to those that have driven growth in North America and Europe.
 
7

 
Table of Contents
Expand through Strategic Partnerships or Acquisitions.  We are in the process of integrating our various acquisitions and we will continue to assimilate the synergies and efficiencies that these acquisitions may afford us. As we explore new opportunities, we continue to look for strategic partnership or acquisition candidates that may enable us to enter new markets or enhance our offerings.
 
Broaden Customer Base and Expand Offering to Existing Customers.  As our existing customers continue to expand into new distribution channels, such as the rapidly growing e-commerce channels, they will likely need to support new types of transactions that are managed by our platforms. In addition, we believe our customers will require new transaction management solutions as they expand their subscriber customer base, which will provide us with opportunities to drive increasing amounts of volume over our platforms. Many customers purchase multiple services from us, and we believe we are well positioned to cross-sell additional services to customers who do not currently purchase our full services portfolio. The expansion of our relationship with AT&T, Vodafone, Verizon and other customers highlight further penetration of existing customers as well as the development of a major growth initiative in consumer digital convergence.
 
Expand into Emerging Devices and Internet of Things Space.  Various forecasts from industry leading sources have cited explosive growth in the non-traditional connected devices space. Such devices include connected cars, connected homes, health and wellness and health care domains. We plan on expanding both our activation platforms (focused on the new activation needs emerging from such devices on the service provider networks) as well as our cloud platforms (focused on storing data from the varying devices to be stored securely in the Cloud) in an effort to capitalize on the growth emerging from these new opportunities.
 
Maintain Technology Leadership.  We strive to continue to build upon our technology leadership by continuing to invest in research and development to increase the automation of processes and workflows and develop complementary product modules that leverage our platforms and competitive strengths, thus driving increased interest by making it more economical for customers to use us as a third-party solutions provider. In addition, we believe our close relationships with our Tier 1 customers will continue to provide us with valuable insights into the dynamics that are creating demand for next-generation solutions.
 
Leverage and Enforce our Intellectual Property.  We have a significant repository of granted and filed IP, and we expect to use this as a differentiator of our products and services in the marketplace.
 
Customers
 
Our industry-leading customers include Tier 1 mobile service providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless, Vodafone, Orange, Sprint, Telstra and U.S. Cellular, Tier 1 cable operators/MSOs and wireline operators like AT&T Inc., Comcast, Cablevision, Charter, CenturyLink, Mediacom and Level 3 Communications, and large OEMs such as Apple and Ericsson.  These customers utilize our platforms, technology and services to service both consumer and business customers.
 
 We maintain strong and collaborative relationships with our customers, which we believe to be one of our core competencies and critical to our success. We are generally the only provider of the services we offer to our customers. Contracts extend up to 60 months from execution and include minimum transaction or revenue commitments from our customers. All of our significant customers may terminate their contracts for convenience upon written notice and in many cases payment of contractual penalties. Contract penalties received by us were immaterial to our Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013, and 2012.
 
Each of AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended 2014,  2013 and 2012. AT&T and Verizon Wireless in the aggregate accounted for 73%,  66% and 67% of net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively. The loss of either AT&T or Verizon as a customer would have a material negative impact on our company. We believe that if either AT&T or Verizon terminated their relationships with us, AT&T and Verizon would encounter substantial costs in replacing Synchronoss' solutions.
 
8

 
Table of Contents
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales
 
We market and sell our services primarily through a direct sales force and through our strategic partners. To date, we have concentrated our sales efforts on a range of CSPs, OEMs, and multi-channel retailers both domestically and internationally. Typically our sales process involves an initial consultative process that allows our customers to better assess the operating and capital expenditure benefits associated with an optimal activation, provisioning, and cloud-based content management architecture. Our sales teams are well trained in our Activation Services, Synchronoss Personal Cloud, Synchronoss Workspace and Integrated Life platforms and on the market trends and conditions that our current and potential customers are facing. This enables them to easily identify and qualify opportunities that are appropriate for our platforms deployments to benefit these customers. Following each sale, we assign account managers to provide ongoing support and to identify additional sales opportunities.  We generate leads from contacts made through trade-shows, seminars, conferences, events, market research, our Web site, customers, strategic partners and our ongoing public relations program.
 
Marketing
 
We focus our marketing efforts on supporting new product initiatives, creating awareness of our services and generating new sales opportunities. We base our product management strategy on analysis of market requirements, customer needs, industry direction, competitive offerings and projected customer cost savings and revenue opportunities. Our team is active in numerous technology and industry forums and regularly gets invited to speak at tradeshows such as the Consumer Electronics Show (CES), Cellular Telecommunications Industry Association (CTIA), GSM Association (Mobile World Congress), Mobile Future Forward Series, Wireless Influencers Forum, and National Cable & Telecommunications Association (NCTA), in which we also demonstrate our solutions. In addition, through our product marketing and marketing communications functions, we also have an active public relations program and maintain relationships with recognized trade media and industry analysts such as ABI Research, International Data Corporation (IDC), Gartner Inc., Forrester Research, Inc., Ovum, Frost & Sullivan and Yankee Group. We also manage and maintain our Web site, blog, social media profiles on LinkedIn, Twitter and Facebook, utilize search engine optimization (SEO) and search engine marketing (SEM), publish product related content and educational white papers, videos and conduct seminars and user group meetings. Finally, we also actively sponsor technology-related conferences and demonstrate our solutions at trade-shows targeted at providers of communications services.
 
Operations and Technology
 
We leverage common proprietary information technology platforms to deliver carrier grade services to our customers across communication and digital convergence market segments. Constructed using a combination of internally developed and licensed technologies, our platforms integrate our order management, gateway, workflow, cloud-based content management, and reporting into a unified system. The platforms are secure foundations on which to build and offer additional services and maximize performance, scalability and reliability.
 
Exception Handling Services
 
We differentiate our services from both the internal and competitive offerings by handling exceptions through our technology and human touch solutions, a substantial portion of which are provided by third-party vendors. Our business process engineers optimize each workflow; however, there are exceptions and we handle these with the goal of ensuring the highest quality customer experience at the lowest cost. Our exception handling services deal with the customer communication touch points including provisioning orders, inbound calls, automated interactive voice responses (e.g., order status, address changes), Web forums, inbound and outbound email, proactive outbound calls (e.g., out of stock, backorders, exceptions) and self-correct order tools. These services are continuously reviewed for improved workflow and automation. We use third-party vendors in providing exception handling services, each of whom provide services under automatically renewable contracts. We believe our unique exception handling services help reduce the cost of each transaction by driving more automation, over time, into a better and more cost effective way to manage our customers' subscriber experiences.
 
9

 
Table of Contents
Locations
 
Our locations are distributed across various time zones in the United States, Asia and Europe to help us serve our customers in a timely manner. We believe these diverse locations afford us access to key talent in all major markets in the U.S. and around the globe.
 
Data Center Facilities
 
We own and maintain data center facilities in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, Bangalore, India, and Tucson, Arizona. These facilities are currently expected to support our growth objectives. These secure facilities house all customer-facing, production, test and development systems that are the backbone of the services delivered to our customers. The facilities and systems are monitored 7 days a week, 24 hours a day, and are protected via multiple layers of physical and electronic security measures. In addition, a redundant power supply ensures constant, regulated power into the managed data facility and a backup generator system provides power indefinitely to the facility in the event of a utility power failure. All systems in the managed data facility are monitored for availability and performance using industry standard tools. We also host equipment in data center colocation facilities with Terremark Inc., VCHS, Saavis, Rackspace, and several other third parties, which enables us to offer geographically diversified hosting and storage for our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ solutions.
 
Network
 
We use AT&T, Verizon, Level 3 and Sprint to provide a managed, fully-redundant network solution at each of our data center facilities to deliver enterprise scale services to customers. Wide Area Network connectivity between our locations is achieved via redundant Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) circuits and Internet access to selected locations via multiple dedicated circuits. A dedicated Metro Ethernet solution is utilized to provide a data center backbone connection between our primary data center facility in Bethlehem and our primary disaster recovery site, should the need arise.
 
Disaster Recovery Facility
 
We operate disaster recovery solutions in our Tucson, Arizona and in our colocation facilities that are used to provide hot sites for real time data backup and disaster recovery purposes.
 
Customer Support
 
Our Customer Service Center (CSC) acts as an initial point of contact for all customer-related issues and requests. The CSC staff is available 7 days a week via phone, email or pager to facilitate the diagnosis and resolution of application and service-related issues with which they are presented. Issues that require further investigation are immediately escalated to our product and infrastructure support teams on behalf of the customer as part of our continuing effort to provide the greatest speed of problem resolution and highest levels of customer service.
 
Competition
 
Competition in our markets is intense and includes rapidly-changing technologies and customer requirements, as well as evolving industry standards and frequent product introductions. We compete primarily on the basis of the breadth of our domain expertise, our proprietary exception handling, and the breadth of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud content synchronization and sharing capabilities, as well as on the basis of price, time-to-market, functionality, quality and breadth of product and service offerings. We believe the most important factors making us a strong competitor include:
 
 	·	 	Breadth and depth of our transaction and content management solutions, including our exception handling technology	

 	·	 	Carrier grade nature and scalability of our solutions	

 	·	 	Quality and performance of our products	

 	·	 	High-quality customer service	

 	·	 	Ability to implement and integrate solutions	

 	·	 	Overall value of our platforms	

 	·	 	References of our customers	
 
10

 
Table of Contents
We are aware of other software developers and smaller entrepreneurial companies that are focusing significant resources on developing and marketing products and services that will compete with our platforms. We anticipate continued growth in the communications industry and the entrance of new competitors in the order processing and transaction management solutions market and expect that the market for our products and services will remain intensely competitive.
 
Government Regulation
 
We are not currently subject to any federal, state or local government regulation, other than regulations that apply to businesses generally. Many of our customers are subject to regulation by the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC. Changes in FCC regulations that affect our existing or potential customers could lead them to spend less on transaction management solutions, which would reduce our revenues and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.  We also comply with industry required regulations, such as PCI compliance and all of our employees have completed the required compliance education.
 
Intellectual Property
 
To establish and protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret, patent and trademark rights, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual restrictions. Synchronoss®, the Synchronoss® logo, PerformancePartner®, ConvergenceNow® and ActivationNow® are registered trademarks of Synchronoss. In addition, we regularly file patent applications to protect inventions arising from our research and development, and have obtained and filed applications for over 100 patents in the United States and other countries. No single patent is solely responsible for protecting our products or services. In addition to legal protections, we rely on the technical and creative skills of our employees, deep technical integration with our customer’s networks and back office systems, frequent product enhancements and improved product quality to maintain a technology-leadership position. We maintain a program to protect our investment in technology by attempting to ensure respect for our intellectual property rights.  We cannot be certain that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology. We enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees and confidentiality agreements with our alliance partners and customers, and we control access to and distribution of our software, documentation and other proprietary information.
 
Employees
 
We believe that our recent growth and success is attributable in large part to our employees and an experienced management team, many members of which have years of industry experience in building, implementing, marketing and selling transaction management solutions critical to business operations. We intend to continue training our employees as well as developing and promoting our culture and believe such efforts provide us with a sustainable competitive advantage. We offer a work environment that enables employees to make meaningful contributions, as well as incentive programs to continue to motivate and reward our employees.
 
 As of December 31, 2014, we had 1,804 full‑time employees. None of our employees are covered by any collective bargaining agreements.
11

 
Table of Contents
Executive Officers of the Registrant
The following sets forth certain information regarding our Executive Officers as of February 25, 2015:

Name	    	Age	    	Position	 	
Stephen G. Waldis	 	47 	 	Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer	 	
Robert Garcia	 	46 	 	President and Chief Operating Officer	 	
Karen L. Rosenberger	 	49 	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer	 	
Ronald J. Prague	 	51 	 	Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, General Counsel & Secretary	 	
Nicholas Lazzaro	 	45 	 	Executive Vice President of Product Development	 	
Mark Mendes	 	52 	 	Executive Vice President of North America	 	
Patrick J. Doran	 	41 	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer	 	
Daniel Rizer	 	51 	 	Executive Vice President of Business Development and Product Management	 	
Chris Halbard	 	48 	 	Executive Vice President, International	 	
David Berry	 	49 	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer	 	
Paula J. Hilbert	 	59 	 	Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer	 	

 
Stephen G. Waldis has served as Chief Executive Officer of Synchronoss since founding the Company in 2000 and has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors since 2001.  From 2000 until 2011 Mr. Waldis also served as President of Synchronoss.  Before founding Synchronoss, from 1994 to 2000, Mr. Waldis served as Chief Operating Officer at Vertek Corporation, a privately held professional services company serving the telecommunications industry. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Waldis served as Vice President of Sales and Marketing of Logical Design Solutions, a provider of telecom and interactive solutions. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Waldis worked in various technical and product management roles at AT&T. Mr. Waldis received a degree in corporate communications from Seton Hall University.
 
Robert Garcia has served as President of Synchronoss since December 2011 and Chief Operating Officer since 2007. Prior to that position, Mr. Garcia served in various positions at Synchronoss, including Executive Vice President of Operations and Service Delivery and General Manager of Synchronoss’ western office since joining Synchronoss in August 2000. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Garcia was a Senior Business Consultant with Vertek Corporation from January 1999 to August 2000. Mr. Garcia has also held senior management positions with Philips Lighting Company and Johnson & Johnson Company. Mr. Garcia received a degree in logistics and economics from St. John’s University in New York.
 
Karen L. Rosenberger has served as Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since April 2014.  Prior to that position, Ms. Rosenberger served in various positions at Synchronoss since joining Synchronoss in 2000, most recently as Senior Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer.  Before joining Synchronoss, Ms. Rosenberger held various management positions with Medical Broadcasting Company and CoreTech Consulting Group.  Ms. Rosenberger received a degree in accounting from Cedar Crest College and a Master of Business Administration from Saint Joseph’s University.  Ms. Rosenberger is a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and the New Jersey Society of Certified Public Accountants.
 
Ronald J. Prague has served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since joining Synchronoss in 2006. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Prague held various senior positions with Intel Corporation from 1998 to 2006, including as Group Counsel for Intel's Communications Infrastructure Group.  Prior to joining Intel, Mr. Prague practiced law with the law firms of Haythe & Curley (now Torys LLP) and Richards & O'Neil (now Morgan Lewis). Mr. Prague is a graduate of Northwestern University School of Law and earned a degree in business administration and marketing from Cornell University.
 
Nicholas Lazzaro joined Synchronoss in May 2013 and serves as Executive Vice President Strategy and Product Development. Prior to joining Synchronoss, from 2009 to May 2013, Mr. Lazzaro held several roles at Vonage System, Inc. and last served as Senior Vice President, Product Development, Information Technology and General Manager of Mobile Services at Vonage System, Inc. He held various positions at Amdocs, Inc. from 2001 to 2009 and served as Division President from 2009-2009. Prior to Amdocs he held positions with SBC, Ernst and Young and Iridium LLC. Mr. Lazzaro received a degree in Finance from the State University of New York, Buffalo.
 
12

 
Table of Contents
Mark Mendes has served as Executive Vice President of North America since February 2014, prior to that position, Mr. Mendes held various senior positions since he joined Synchronoss in 2008 in connection with Synchronoss’ acquisition of Wisor Telecom Corp., where Mr. Mendes was Chief Executive Officer since 2001. Prior to joining Wisor, from 1997 to 2001, Mr. Mendes was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer of NET2000 Communications, Inc. Mr. Mendes received an Engineering degree and MBA Finance/MIS from Syracuse University.
 
Patrick J. Doran has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer since 2007. Prior to that position, Mr. Doran served in various positions, including Chief Architect and Senior Software Engineer, since joining Synchronoss in 2002. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Doran was a Senior Development Engineer at Agility Communications from 2000 to 2002 and a Member of Technical staff at AT&T/Lucent from 1996 to 2000. Mr. Doran received a degree in Computer and Systems engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute and a Master Degree in Industrial Engineering from Purdue University. 
 
Daniel Rizer has served as Executive Vice President of Business Development and Product Management since January 2014.  Prior to that position, Mr. Rizer was Executive Vice President of Business Development since joining Synchronoss in 2008. Before joining Synchronoss, Mr. Rizer was the Chief Operating Officer for Motricity from 2005 to 2008. Mr. Rizer has also held senior positions with IBM and Accenture. Mr. Rizer received his Bachelor of Science in Operations Management from Auburn University, and graduated with a Master of Science in Management Information Systems from Boston University.
 
Chris Halbard has served as Executive Vice President, International since joining Synchronoss in February 2014. Prior to joining Synchronoss, Mr. Halbard was a Senior Advisor to The Boston Consulting Group serving clients within the technology, media and telecommunications industries. Previously, he was the COO and CFO of the Global Services division of British Telecom plc (BT). Prior to British Telecom, Mr. Halbard held a number of senior positions at Lucent Technologies, AT&T and Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Halbard is a qualified Chartered Accountant and received his BA HONS in Economics and Business Studies from The University of Sheffield.
 
David E. Berry has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer of Synchronoss since 2012. Mr. Berry previously was Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer of Synchronoss from 2000 to 2006. Between 2006 and re-joining the Company, Mr. Berry worked as: an independent consultant; a CTO of a healthcare startup; and a CIO of a digital signage company. Mr. Berry received a Master of Arts in Corporate and Public Communication from Seton Hall University and a Bachelor of Science in Mathematics and Computer Science from Fairfield University.
 
Paula J. Hilbert has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer since January 2013.  Prior to that position, Ms. Hilbert served as Executive Vice President of Global Operations and Chief Service Officer since she joined Synchronoss in 2010. Before joining Synchronoss, Ms. Hilbert was an independent consultant from 2008 to 2010. Prior to that position, Ms. Hilbert served as a Managing Director/Global Client Service and Offshore Operations at JP Morgan Chase Treasury and Securities Services from 2003 to 2008. Prior to JP Morgan Chase, Ms. Hilbert held senior positions at AT&T from 1979 to 2003, including Vice President — Customer Relationship Management. Ms. Hilbert holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from Clarion University.
 
13

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. 	RISK FACTORS	
 
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial results and results of operations. You should carefully consider the following risk factors in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in forward-looking statements. The risks that we have highlighted here are not the only ones that we face. If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be negatively affected. In that case, the trading price of our stock could decline, and our stockholders may lose part or all of their investment.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
 
We have substantial customer concentration, with a limited number of customers accounting for a substantial portion of our 2014 revenues.
 
Each of AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for each of 2014 and 2013.  AT&T and Verizon Wireless in the aggregate accounted for 73% and 66% of net revenues for 2014 and 2013, respectively. There are inherent risks whenever a large percentage of total revenues are concentrated with a limited number of customers. It is not possible for us to predict the future level of demand for our services that will be generated by these customers or the future demand for the products and services of these customers in the end-user marketplace. In addition, revenues from these larger customers may fluctuate from time to time based on the commencement and completion of projects, the timing of which may be affected by market conditions or other facts, some of which may be outside of our control. Further, some of our contracts with these larger customers permit them to terminate our services at any time (subject to notice and certain other provisions). If any of our major customers experience declining or delayed sales due to market, economic or competitive conditions, we could be pressured to reduce the prices we charge for our services or we could lose the customer. Any such development could have an adverse effect on our margins and financial position, and would negatively affect our revenues and results of operations and/or trading price of our common stock.
 
The communications industry is highly competitive, and if we do not adapt to rapid technological change, we could lose customers or market share.
 
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change and frequent new service offerings and is highly competitive with respect to the need for innovation. Significant technological changes could make our technology and services obsolete, less marketable or less competitive. We must adapt to our rapidly changing market by continually improving the features, functionality, reliability and responsiveness of our transaction and content management services, and by developing new features, services and applications to meet changing customer needs. Our ability to take advantage of opportunities in the market may require us to invest in development and incur other expenses well in advance of our ability to generate revenues from these offerings or services. We may not be able to adapt to these challenges or respond successfully or in a cost-effective way. Our failure to do so would adversely affect our ability to compete and retain customers and/or market share. Further, we may experience delays in the development of one or more features of our offerings, which could materially reduce the potential benefits to us providing these services. In addition, our present or future service offerings may not satisfy the evolving needs of the industry in which we operate. If we are unable to anticipate or respond adequately to such needs, due to resource, technological or other constraints, our business and results of operations could be harmed.
 
14

 
Table of Contents
The success of our business depends on our ability to achieve or sustain market acceptance of our services and solutions at desired pricing levels.
 
Our competitors and customers may cause us to reduce the prices we charge for our services and solutions. Our current or future competitors may offer our customers services at reduced prices or bundling and pricing services in a manner that may make it difficult for us to compete, customers with a significant volume of transactions may attempt to use this leverage in pricing negotiations with us. Also if our prices are too high, current or potential customers may find it economically advantageous to handle certain functions internally instead of using our services. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions by increasing the number of transactions we handle or the number of customers we serve, by generating higher revenue from enhanced services or by reducing our costs. If these or other sources of pricing pressure cause us to reduce the pricing of our service or solutions below desired levels, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
The success of our business depends on the continued growth of consumer and business transactions related to communications services on the Internet.
 
The future success of our business depends upon the continued growth of consumer and business transactions on the Internet, including attracting consumers who have historically purchased wireless services and devices through traditional retail stores. Specific factors that could deter consumers from purchasing wireless services and devices on the Internet include concerns about buying wireless devices without a face-to-face interaction with sales personnel and the ability to physically handle and examine the devices.
 
Our business growth would be impeded if the performance or perception of the Internet was harmed by security problems such as "viruses," "worms" or other malicious programs, reliability issues arising from outages and damage to Internet infrastructure, delays in development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, increased costs, decreased accessibility and quality of service, or increased government regulation and taxation of Internet activity. The Internet has experienced, and is expected to continue to experience, significant user and traffic growth, which has, at times, caused user frustration with slow access and download times. If Internet activity grows faster than Internet infrastructure or if the Internet infrastructure is otherwise unable to support the demands placed on it, or if hosting capacity becomes scarce, the growth of our business may be adversely affected.
 
The success of our business depends on the continued growth in demand for connected devices.
 
The future success of our business depends upon the continued growth in demand for connected devices. While we believe the market for connected devices will continue to grow for the foreseeable future, we cannot accurately predict the extent to which demand for connected devices will increase, if at all. If the demand for connected devices were to stabilize or decline, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.
 
Our cloud strategy, including our Synchronoss Personal Cloud, Synchronoss WorkSpace and Integrated Life offerings, may not be successful.
 
Our cloud strategy, including our Synchronoss Personal Cloud, Synchronoss WorkSpace™ and Integrated Life offerings, may not be successful. We offer customers the ability to offer their subscribers the ability to backup, restore and share content across multiple devices through a cloud-based environment in the Cloud. The success of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud and Synchronoss WorkSpace offerings is dependent upon continued acceptance by and growth in subscribers of cloud-based services in general and there can be no guarantee of the adoption rate by these subscribers. In addition to this, the success of our Integrated Life offering is dependent upon the uptake of non-traditional connected devices by consumers and its general growth in the industry. Our cloud strategy will continue to evolve and we may not be able to compete effectively, generate significant revenues or maintain profitability. While we believe our expertise, investments in infrastructure, and the breadth of our cloud-based services provides us with a strong foundation to compete, it is uncertain whether our strategies will attract the users or generate the revenue required to be successful. In addition to software development costs, we are incurring costs to build and maintain infrastructure to support cloud-based services. Whether we are successful in our cloud strategy depends on our execution in a number of areas, which may or may not be within our control, including continuing to innovate and bring to market compelling cloud-based offerings, continued growth and demand for cloud-based offerings, maintaining the utility, compatibility, and performance of our cloud-based services on the growing array of devices, including smartphones, handheld computers, netbooks and tablets, and ensuring that our cloud-based services meet the reliability expectations of our customers and maintain the security of their data.
15

 
Table of Contents
 
Our revenue, earnings and profitability are affected by the length of our sales cycle, and a longer sales cycle could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business is directly affected by the length of our sales cycle. Our customers' businesses are relatively complex and their purchase of the types of services that we offer generally involve a significant financial commitment, with attendant delays frequently associated with large financial commitments and procurement procedures within an organization. The purchase of the types of services that we offer typically also requires coordination and agreement across many departments within a potential customer's organization. Delays associated with such timing factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In periods of economic slowdown our typical sales cycle lengthens, which means that the average time between our initial contact with a prospective customer and the signing of a sales contract increases. The lengthening of our sales cycle could reduce growth in our revenue. In addition, the lengthening of our sales cycle contributes to an increased cost of sales, thereby reducing our profitability.
 
If we do not meet our revenue forecasts, we may be unable to reduce our expenses to avoid or minimize harm to our results of operations.
 
Our revenues are difficult to forecast and are likely to fluctuate significantly from period to period. We base our operating expense and capital investment budgets on expected sales and revenue trends, and many of our expenses, such as office and equipment leases and personnel costs, will be relatively fixed in the short term and will increase over time as we make investments in our business. Our estimates of sales trends may not correlate with actual revenues in a particular quarter or over a longer period of time. Variations in the rate and timing of conversion of our sales prospects into actual revenues could cause us to plan or budget inaccurately and those variations could adversely affect our financial results. In particular, delays, reductions in amount or cancellation of customers' contracts would adversely affect the overall level and timing of our revenues, and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed. Due to the relatively fixed nature of many of our expenses, we may be unable to adjust spending quickly enough to offset any unexpected revenue shortfall. In the course of our sales to customers, we may encounter difficulty collecting accounts receivable and could be exposed to risks associated with uncollectible accounts receivable. In the event we are unable to collect on our accounts receivable, it could negatively affect our cash flows, operating results and business.
 
Compromises to our privacy safeguards or disclosure of confidential information could impact our reputation.
 
Names, addresses, telephone numbers, credit card data and other personal identification information ("PII") is collected, processed and stored in our systems. Our treatment of such information is subject to contractual restrictions and federal, state and foreign data privacy laws and regulations. We have implemented steps designed to protect against unauthorized access to such information, and comply with these laws and regulations. Because of the inherent risks and complexities involved in protecting this information, the steps we have taken to protect PII may not be sufficient to prevent the misappropriation or improper disclosure of such PII. If such misappropriation or disclosure were to occur, our business could be harmed through reputational injury, litigation and possible damages claimed by the affected end customers, including in some cases costs related to customer notification and fraud monitoring, or potential fines from regulatory authorities. We may need to incur significant costs or modify our business practices and/or our services in order to comply with these data privacy and protection laws and regulations in the future. Even the mere perception of a security breach or inadvertent disclosure of PII could adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, third party vendors that we engage to perform services for us may unintentionally release PII or otherwise fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. Concerns about the security of online transactions and the privacy of PII could deter consumers from transacting business with us on the Internet. The occurrence of any of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations.
 
If the wireless services industry experiences a decline in subscribers, our business may suffer.
 
The wireless services industry has faced an increasing number of challenges, including a slowdown in new subscriber growth. Revenues from services performed for customers in the wireless services industry accounted for 60% and 48% of our revenues in 2014 and 2013, respectively. A continued slowdown in subscriber growth in the wireless services industry could adversely affect our business growth.
 
16

 
Table of Contents
Fraudulent Internet transactions could negatively impact our business.
 
Our business may be exposed to risks associated with Internet credit card fraud and identity theft that could cause us to incur unexpected expenditures and loss of revenues. Under current credit card practices, a merchant is liable for fraudulent credit card transactions when, as is the case with the transactions we process, that merchant does not obtain a cardholder's signature. Although our customers currently bear the risk for a fraudulent credit card transaction, in the future we may be forced to share some of that risk and the associated costs with our customers. To the extent that technology upgrades or other expenditures are required to prevent credit card fraud and identity theft, we may be required to bear the costs associated with such expenditures. In addition, to the extent that credit card fraud and/or identity theft cause a decline in business transactions over the Internet generally, both the business of our customers and our business could be adversely affected.
 
The consolidation in the communications industry can reduce the number of actual and potential customers and adversely affect our business.
 
The communications industry continues to experience consolidation and an increased formation of alliances among CSPs and between CSPs and other entities. Should one or more of our significant customers consolidate or enter into an alliance with an entity or decide to either use a different service provider or to manage its transactions internally, this could have a negative material impact on our business. Any such consolidations, alliances or decisions to manage transactions internally may cause us to lose customers or require us to reduce prices as a result of enhanced customer leverage, which would have a material adverse effect on our business. We may not be able to offset the effects of any price reductions. We may not be able to expand our customer base to make up any revenue declines if we lose customers or if our transaction volumes decline.
 
If we fail to compete successfully with existing or new competitors, our business could be harmed.
 
If we fail to compete successfully with established or new competitors, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. The communications industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and we expect competition to increase. We compete with independent providers of information systems and services and with the in-house departments of our OEMs and communications services companies' customers. Rapid technological changes, such as advancements in software integration across multiple and incompatible systems, and economies of scale may make it more economical for CSPs, MSOs or OEMs to develop their own in-house processes and systems, which may render some of our products and services less valuable or eventually obsolete. Our competitors include firms that provide comprehensive information systems and managed services solutions, systems integrators, clearinghouses and service bureaus. Many of our competitors have long operating histories, large customer bases, substantial financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources and strong name recognition.
 
Current and potential competitors have established, and may establish in the future, cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties to increase their ability to address the needs of our current or prospective customers. In addition, our competitors have acquired, and may continue to acquire in the future, companies that may enhance their market offerings. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. As a result, our competitors may be able to adapt more quickly than us to new or emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements, and may be able to devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their products. These relationships and alliances may also result in transaction pricing pressure which could result in large reductions in the selling prices of our products and services. Our competitors or our customers' in-house solutions may also provide services at a lower cost, significantly increasing pricing pressure on us. We may not be able to offset the effects of this potential pricing pressure. Our failure to adapt to changing market conditions and to compete successfully with established or new competitors may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In particular, a failure to offset competitive pressures brought about by competitors or in-house solutions developed by our customers could result in a substantial reduction in or the outright termination of our contracts with some of our customers, which would have a significant, negative and material impact on our business.
 
17

 
Table of Contents
Failures or interruptions of our systems and services could materially harm our revenues, impair our ability to conduct our operations and damage relationships with our customers.
 
Our success depends on our ability to provide reliable services to our customers and process a high volume of transactions in a timely and effective manner. Although we operate disaster recovery solutions in our Tucson, Arizona and in our colocation facilities that are used to provide hot sites for real time data backup and disaster recovery purposes, our network operations are currently located in a single facility in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania that is susceptible to damage or interruption from human error, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and similar events. We could also experience failures or interruptions of our systems and services, or other problems in connection with our operations, as a result of, among other things:
 
 	·	 	damage to or failure of our computer software or hardware or our connections and outsourced service arrangements with third parties;	

 	·	 	errors in the processing of data by our systems;	

 	·	 	computer viruses or software defects;	

 	·	 	physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar events;	

 	·	 	fire, cyber-attack, terrorist attack or other catastrophic event;	

 	·	 	increased capacity demands or changes in systems requirements of our customers; or	

 	·	 	errors by our employees or third-party service providers.	

We have acquired a number of companies, products, services and technologies over the last several years. While we make significant efforts to address any IT security issues with respect to our acquisitions, we may still inherit certain risks when we integrate these acquisitions.  In addition, our business interruption insurance may be insufficient to compensate us for losses or liabilities that may occur. Any interruptions in our systems or services could damage our reputation and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
 
If we fail to meet our service level obligations under our service level agreements, we would be subject to penalties and could lose customers.
 
We have service level agreements with many of our customers under which we guarantee specified levels of service availability. These arrangements involve the risk that we may not have adequately estimated the level of service we will in fact be able to provide. If we fail to meet our service level obligations under these agreements, we would be subject to penalties, which could result in higher than expected costs, decreased revenues and decreased operating margins. We could also lose customers.
 
Economic, political and market conditions can adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business is influenced by a range of factors that are beyond our control and that we have no comparative advantage in forecasting.  These include but are not limited to general economic and business conditions, the overall demand for cloud-based products and services, general political developments and currency exchange rate fluctuations.  Economic uncertainty may exacerbate negative trends in consumer spending and may negatively impact the businesses of certain of our customers, which may cause a reduction in their use of our platforms or increase their likelihood of defaulting on their payment obligations, and therefore cause a reduction in our revenues.  These conditions and uncertainty about future economic conditions may make it challenging for us to forecast our operating results, make business decisions and identify the risks that may affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.  In addition, changes in these conditions may result in a more competitive environment, resulting in possible pricing pressures.
 
The financial and operating difficulties in the telecommunications sector may negatively affect our customers and our company.
 
The telecommunications sector has at times faced significant challenges resulting from significant changes in technology and consumer behavior, excess capacity, poor operating results and financing difficulties. The sector's financial status has also at times been uncertain and access to debt and equity capital has been seriously limited. The impact of these events on us could include slower collection on accounts receivable, higher bad debt expense, uncertainties due to possible customer bankruptcies, lower pricing on new customer contracts, lower revenues due to lower usage by the end customer and possible consolidation among our customers, which will put our customers and operating performance at risk. In addition, because we operate in the communications sector, we may also be negatively impacted by limited access to debt and equity capital.
18

 
Table of Contents
 
We are exposed to our customers' credit risk.
 
We are subject to the credit risk of our customers and customers with liquidity issues may lead to bad debt expense for us. Most of our sales are on an open credit basis, with typical payment terms between 45 and 60 days in the United States and, because of local customs or conditions, longer payment terms in some markets outside the United States. We use various methods to screen potential customers and establish appropriate credit limits, but these methods cannot eliminate all potential bad credit risks and may not prevent us from approving applications that are fraudulently completed. Moreover, businesses that are good credit risks at the time of application may become bad credit risks over time and we may fail to detect this change. We maintain reserves we believe are adequate to cover exposure for doubtful accounts. If we fail to adequately assess and monitor our credit risks, we could experience longer payment cycles, increased collection costs and higher bad debt expense. A decrease in accounts receivable resulting from an increase in bad debt expense could adversely affect our liquidity. Our exposure to credit risks may increase if our customers are adversely affected by a difficult macroeconomic environment, or if there is a continuation or worsening of the economic environment. Although we have programs in place that are designed to monitor and mitigate the associated risk, including monitoring of particular risks in certain geographic areas, there can be no assurance that such programs will be effective in reducing our credit risks or the incurrence of additional losses. Future and additional losses, if incurred, could harm our business and have a material adverse effect on our business operating results and financial condition. Additionally, to the degree that the current or future credit markets makes it more difficult for some customers to obtain financing, those customers' ability to pay could be adversely impacted, which in turn could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results, and financial condition.
 
Our reliance on third-party providers for communications software, services, hardware and infrastructure exposes us to a variety of risks we cannot control.
 
Our success depends on software, equipment, network connectivity and infrastructure hosting services supplied by our vendors and customers. In addition, we rely on third-party vendors to perform a substantial portion of our exception handling services. We may not be able to continue to purchase the necessary software, equipment and services from vendors on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to maintain current purchasing terms or ensure service availability with these vendors and customers, we may lose customers and experience an increase in costs in seeking alternative supplier services.
 
Our business also depends upon the capacity, reliability and security of the infrastructure owned and managed by third parties, including our vendors and customers that are used by our technology interoperability services, network services, number portability services, call processed services and enterprise solutions. We have no control over the operation, quality or maintenance of a significant portion of that infrastructure and whether those third parties will upgrade or improve their software, equipment and services to meet our and our customers' evolving requirements. We depend on these companies to maintain the operational integrity of our services. If one or more of these companies is unable or unwilling to supply or expand its levels of services to us in the future, our operations could be severely interrupted. In addition, rapid changes in the communications industry have led to industry consolidation. This consolidation may cause the availability, pricing and quality of the services we use to vary and could lengthen the amount of time it takes to deliver the services that we use.
 
Our failure to protect confidential information and our network against security breaches could damage our reputation and substantially harm our business and results of operations.
 
 Security threats are a particular challenge to companies like us whose business is technology products and services. The encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties on which we rely to securely transmit confidential information, including credit card numbers, may not adequately protect customer transaction data. A cyber-attack or any other security incident that allows unauthorized access to or modification of our customers’ data or our own data or our IT systems or if the services we provide to our customers were disrupted, or if our products or services are perceived as having security vulnerabilities, could damage our reputation and expose us to risk of loss or litigation and possible liability or fines which could substantially harm our business and results of operations.  In addition, anyone who is able to circumvent our security measures could misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in our operations.  Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to cover all costs incurred in defense of potential claims or to indemnify us for all liability that may be imposed. As a result, we may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. 

19

 
Table of Contents
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.
 
Our success depends to a significant degree upon the protection of our software and other proprietary technology rights, particularly with respect to our Activation Services and Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platforms. We rely on trade secret, copyright and trademark laws and confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties, all of which offer only limited protection. We also regularly file patent applications to protect inventions arising from our research and development, and have obtained a number of patents in the United States and other countries.  There can be no assurance that our patent applications will be approved, that any issued patents will adequately protect our intellectual property, or that such patents will not be challenged by third parties.  Also, much of our business and many of our solutions rely on key technologies developed or licensed by third or other parties, and we may not be able to obtain or continue to obtain licenses and technologies from these third parties at all or on reasonable terms.  The steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights or the reverse engineering of our solutions. Legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in other countries are uncertain and may afford little or no effective protection of our proprietary technology. Consequently, we may be unable to prevent our proprietary technology from being exploited abroad, which could require costly efforts to protect our technology. Policing the unauthorized use of our products, trademarks and other proprietary rights is expensive, difficult and, in some cases, impossible. Litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, either of which could materially harm our business. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property.
 
Claims by others that we infringe their proprietary technology could harm our business.
 
Third parties could claim that our current or future products or technology infringe their proprietary rights. We expect that software developers will increasingly be subject to infringement claims as the number of products and competitors providing software and services to the communications industry increases and overlaps occur. Any claim of infringement by a third party, even those without merit, could cause us to incur substantial costs defending against the claim, and could distract our management from our business. Furthermore, a party making such a claim, if successful, could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages. A judgment could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering our products or services. Any of these events could seriously harm our business. Third parties may also assert infringement claims against our customers. These claims may require us to initiate or defend protracted and costly litigation on behalf of our customers, regardless of the merits of these claims. If any of these claims succeed, we may be forced to pay damages on behalf of our customers. We also are generally obligated to indemnify our customers if our services infringe the proprietary rights of third parties.
 
If anyone asserts a claim against us relating to proprietary technology or information, while we might seek to license their intellectual property, we might not be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms or on any terms. In addition, any efforts to develop non-infringing technology could be unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights or to develop non-infringing technology could prevent us from offering our services and could therefore seriously harm our business.
 
20

 
Table of Contents
We may seek to acquire companies or technologies, which could disrupt our ongoing business, disrupt our management and employees and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
We have made, and in the future intend to make, acquisitions of, and investments in, companies, technologies or products in existing, related or new markets for us which we believe may enhance our market position or strategic strengths. However, we cannot be sure that any acquisition or investment will ultimately enhance our products or strengthen our competitive position. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including but not limited to:
 
 	·	 	diversion of management's attention from other operational matters;	

 	·	 	inability to identify acquisition candidates on terms acceptable to us or at all, or inability to complete acquisitions as anticipated or at all;	

 	·	 	inability to realize anticipated benefits;	

 	·	 	failure to commercialize purchased technologies;	

 	·	 	inability to capitalize on characteristics of new markets that may be significantly different from our existing markets;	

 	·	 	exposure to operational risks, rules and regulations to the extent such activities are located in countries where we have not historically done business;	

 	·	 	inability to obtain and protect intellectual property rights in key technologies;	

 	·	 	ineffectiveness of an acquired company's internal controls;	

 	·	 	impairment of acquired intangible assets as a result of technological advancements or worse-than-expected performance of the acquired company or its product offerings;	

 	·	 	unknown, underestimated and/or undisclosed commitments or liabilities;	

 	·	 	excess or underutilized facilities; and	

 	·	 	ineffective integration of operations, technologies, products or employees of the acquired companies.	
 
In addition, acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations and increase our expenses and harm our results of operations or financial condition. Future acquisitions could also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities, the incurrence of debt, which may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses, an increase in contingent liabilities or an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, each of which could materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Our expansion into international markets may be subject to uncertainties that could increase our costs to comply with regulatory requirements in foreign jurisdictions, disrupt our operations and require increased focus from our management.
 
Our growth strategy includes the growth of our operations in foreign jurisdictions. International operations and business expansion plans are subject to numerous additional risks, including economic and political risks in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate or seek to operate, potential additional costs due to localization and other geographic specific costs, difficulty in enforcing contracts and collecting receivables through some foreign legal systems, unexpected changes in legal and regulatory requirements, differing technology standards and pace of adoption, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, varying regional and geopolitical business conditions and demands, and the difficulties associated with managing a large organization spread throughout various countries and the differences in foreign laws and regulations, including foreign tax, data privacy requirements, anti-competition, intellectual property, labor, contract, trade and other laws. Additionally, compliance with international and U.S. laws and regulations that apply to our international operations may increase our cost of doing business in foreign jurisdictions.  Violation of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers or our employees, or prohibitions on the conduct of our business.  As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. However, any of these factors could adversely affect our international operations and, consequently, our operating results.
 
21

 
Table of Contents
Our expansion into international markets may expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates that could adversely affect our business.
 
We consider the U.S. dollar to be our functional currency. However, as we expand our operations into international markets a portion of our revenues and/or operating costs may be incurred outside the United States in other currencies. In such event, fluctuations in exchange rates between the currencies in which such revenues and/or costs may occur and the U.S. dollar may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, from time to time following our expansion into international markets we may experience increases in the costs of our operations outside the United States, as expressed in U.S. dollars, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Further, the imposition of restrictions on the conversion of foreign currencies could also have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We must recruit and retain our key management and other key personnel and our failure to recruit and retain qualified employees could have a negative impact on our business.
 
We believe that our success depends in part on the continued contributions of our senior management and other key personnel to generate business and execute programs successfully. In addition, the relationships and reputation that these individuals have established and maintain with our customers and within the industry in which we operate contribute to our ability to maintain good relations with our customers and others within the industry. The loss of any members of senior management or other key personnel could materially impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts and otherwise effectively manage our business.  Further, in the technology industry, there is substantial and continuous competition for highly skilled business, product development, technical and other personnel.  Competition for qualified personnel at times can be intense and as a result we may not be successful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments and new product delivery objectives.
 
Our inability to raise additional capital or generate the significant capital necessary to expand our operations and invest in new products could reduce our ability to compete and could harm our business.
 
We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, including the need to develop new products and enhancements to our platforms or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional equity financing, our stockholders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per share value of our common stock could decline. Furthermore, if we engage in debt financing, the holders of debt would have priority over the holders of common stock, and we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness. We may also be required to take other actions that would otherwise be in the interests of the debt holders and force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios, any of which could harm our business, results of operations, and financial condition. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, we may not be able to, among other things:
 
 	·	 	develop or enhance our products and platforms;  	

 	·	 	acquire complementary technologies, products or businesses;	

 	·	 	expand operations, in the United States or internationally; or	

 	·	 	respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements 	
 
Our failure to do any of these things could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
22

 
Table of Contents
We continue to incur significant costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is required to devote substantial time to new and ongoing compliance initiatives.
 
We operate as a public company, and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses as we comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as new rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NASDAQ Global Market, including recent changes under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. These rules impose various new requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will continue to devote a substantial amount of time to these new compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
 
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we include in our annual report our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our audited financial statements as of the end of each fiscal year. We successfully completed our assessment of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. Our continued compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expense and expend significant management time on compliance related issues. We currently do not have an internal audit group and we will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. In future years, if we fail to timely complete this assessment, there may be a loss of public confidence in our internal control, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to regulatory sanctions or investigations by the NASDAQ Global Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources. In addition, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to timely meet our regulatory reporting obligations.
 
Our outstanding indebtedness and related obligations could adversely affect our financial condition and restrict our operating flexibility.
 
We have substantial debt and related obligations. In August 2014, we issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2019 (the “2019 Notes”).  In September 2013, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as syndication agent and Capital One, National Association and KeyBank National Association, as co-documentation agents.  The Credit Facility is a $100 million unsecured revolving line of credit that matures in September 2018.  We have the right to request an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Credit Facility to $150 million.  Our substantial level of debt and related obligations, including interest payments, covenants and restrictions, could have important consequences, including the following:
 
 	·	 	impairing our ability to invest in and successfully grow our business;	

 	·	 	making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, which could result in an event of default under the agreement governing the 2019 Notes or the Credit Facility;	

 	·	 	limiting our ability to obtain additional financing on satisfactory terms to fund our working capital requirements, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt obligations and other general corporate requirements;	

 	·	 	increasing our vulnerability to general economic downturns, competition and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and therefore we may be unable to take advantage of opportunities that our leverage prevents us from exploiting; and	

 	·	 	imposing additional restrictions on the manner in which we conduct our business, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, incur additional debt and sell assets.	
 
The occurrence of any one of these events could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results or cash flows and ability to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness. Our failure to comply with the covenants under the agreements governing the 2019 Notes or the Credit Facility could result in an event of default and the acceleration of any debt then outstanding under the 2019 Notes or the Credit Facility, as the case may be. Any declaration of an event of default could significantly harm our business and prospects and could cause our stock price to decline.  Insufficient funds may require us to delay, scale back, or eliminate some or all of our activities.
23

 
Table of Contents
 
Although the agreement governing the 2019 Notes and the Credit Facility each contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of significant qualifications and exceptions, and any indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If new debt is added to current debt levels, the related risks that we and the Note holders face would be increased.
 
We intend to reserve from time to time a certain amount of cash in order to satisfy the obligations relating to our debt, which could adversely affect the amount or timing of investments to grow our business.
 
The 2019 Notes are unsecured debt and are not redeemable by us prior to the maturity date. Holders of the 2019 Notes may require us to purchase all or any portion of their 2019 Notes at 100% of their principal amount, plus any unpaid interest, upon a fundamental change. A fundamental change is generally defined to include a merger involving us, an acquisition of a majority of our outstanding common stock, and the change of a majority of our board without the approval of the board. In addition, to the extent we pursue and complete a monetization transaction, the structure of such transaction may qualify as a fundamental change under the 2019 Notes, which could trigger the put rights of the holders of the 2019 Notes, in which case we would be required to use a portion of the net proceeds from such transaction to repurchase any 2019 Notes put to us. This could adversely affect the amount or timing of any distributions to our stockholders.
 
We intend to reserve from time to time a certain amount of cash in order to satisfy these obligations relating to the 2019 Notes, which could materially affect the amount or timing of any investments to grow our business. If any or all of the 2019 Notes are not converted into shares of our common stock before the maturity date, we will have to pay the holders the full aggregate principal amount of the 2019 Notes then outstanding. Any of the above payments could have a material adverse effect on our cash position. If we fail to satisfy these obligations, it may result in a default under the indenture, which could result in a default under certain of our other debt instruments, if any.  Any such default would harm our business and the price of our securities could fall.
 
Changes in, or interpretations of, accounting principles could result in unfavorable accounting charges.
 
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles. These principles are subject to interpretation by the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles, or their interpretation, could have a significant effect on our reported results and may even retroactively affect previously reported results. Our accounting principles that recently have been or may be affected by changes in accounting principles are: (i) accounting for stock-based compensation; (ii) accounting for income taxes; (iii) accounting for business combinations and goodwill; (iv) revenue recognition guidance; and (v) accounting for foreign currency translation.
 
Changes in, or interpretations of, tax rules and regulations, could adversely affect our effective tax rates.
 
Unanticipated changes in our tax rates could affect our future results of operations. Our future effective tax rates could be unfavorably affected by changes in tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws or by changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities. It is possible that future requirements, including the recently proposed implementation of International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, could change our current application of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), resulting in a material adverse impact on our financial position or results of operations. In addition, we are subject to the continued examination of our income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of outcomes resulting from these examinations, if any, to determine the adequacy of our provision for income taxes. We believe such estimates to be reasonable, but there can be no assurance that the final determination of any of these examinations will not have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial position.
 
24

 
Table of Contents
Our stock price may continue to experience significant fluctuations.
 
Our stock price, like that of other technology companies, continues to fluctuate greatly. Our stock price can be affected by many factors such as quarterly increases or decreases in our earnings, speculation in the investment community about our financial condition or results of operations and changes in revenue or earnings estimates, announcement of new services, technological developments, alliances, or acquisitions by us. Additionally, the price of our common stock may continue to fluctuate greatly in the future due to factors that are non-company specific, such as the decline in the United States and/or international economies, acts of terror against the United States or other jurisdictions where we conduct business, war or due to a variety of company specific factors, including quarter to quarter variations in our operating results, shortfalls in revenue, gross margin or earnings from levels projected by securities analysts and the other factors discussed in these risk factors.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We currently have research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or states a view that our business prospects are reduced, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to regularly publish reports on us, interest in the purchase of our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
 
Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, therefore depressing the trading price of our common stock.
 
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws:
 
 	·	 	authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to thwart a takeover attempt;	

 	·	 	prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of the stock to elect some directors;	

 	·	 	establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election;	

 	·	 	require that directors only be removed from office for cause;	

 	·	 	provide that vacancies on the Board of Directors, including newly-created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;	

 	·	 	limit who may call special meetings of stockholders;	

 	·	 	prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all actions to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders; and	

 	·	 	establish advance notice requirements for nominating candidates for election to the Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.	
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
None.
25

 
Table of Contents
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
In 2012, we entered into a ten year lease for approximately 80,000 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Bridgewater, New Jersey. We also lease a 61,000 square foot facility in Bethlehem, Pennsylvania which expires in 2019 with two 5 year renewal options extending to 2029, a lease for a 47,000 square foot facility in Tucson, Arizona which expires in 2021 and a lease for an 88,000 square foot facility in Bangalore, India which expires in 2021. In addition to the above office space, we also lease offices in various states in the United States including Colorado, Illinois, Maryland, Arizona, Texas, California New York and Washington and in certain countries including Ireland, Australia, Indonesia and France.  Lease terms for our locations expire in the years between 2015 and 2029. We believe that the facilities we now lease are sufficient to meet our needs through at least the next 12 months. However, we may require additional office space after that time or if our current business plans change, and we are currently evaluating expansion possibilities.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
On October 7, 2014, we filed an amended complaint in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (Civ Act. No. 3:14-cv-06220) against F-Secure Corporation and F-Secure, Inc. (collectively, “F-Secure"), claiming that F-Secure has infringed, and continues to infringe, several of our patents.  In February 2015, we entered into a patent license and settlement agreement with F-Secure Corporation and F-Secure, Inc. whereby we granted each of these companies (but not their subsidiaries or affiliates) a limited license to our patents. As a result of entering into the patent license and settlement agreement, the parties filed a joint stipulation to dismiss the above complaint.
 
On November 21, 2011, we filed an amended complaint in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (Civ Act. No. 3:11-cv-06713) against OnMobile Global Limited, VoxMobili, Inc. and VoxMobili, S.A. (collectively, “VoxMobili"), claiming that VoxMobili has infringed, and continues to infringe, several of our patents. On April 2, 2012, VoxMobili filed an answer to our complaint and asserted certain counterclaims that our patents at issue are invalid. In March 2014, we entered into a patent license and settlement agreement with OnMobile Global Limited, VoxMobili, Inc. and VoxMobili, S.A. whereby we granted each of these companies (but not their subsidiaries or affiliates) a limited license to our patents. As a result of entering into the patent license and settlement agreement, the parties filed a joint stipulation to dismiss the above complaint.
 
Our 2011 acquisition agreement with Miyowa SA provided that former shareholders of Miyowa SA would be eligible for earn-out payments to the extent specified business milestones were achieved following the acquisition. In December 2013, Eurowebfund and Bakamar, two former shareholders of Miyowa SA filed a complaint against us in the Commercial Court of Paris, France claiming that they are entitled to certain earn-out payments under the acquisition agreement. We were served with a copy of this complaint in January 2014. We believe Miyowa SA failed to meet the criteria required for us to pay the claimed amounts and that no earn-out payments are owed. Although we cannot predict the outcome of the lawsuit due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we believe the positions of Eurowebfund and Bakamar are without merit, and we intend to vigorously defend against all claims brought by them.
 
We are not currently subject to any legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on our operations; however, we may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business.   We are currently the plaintiff in several patent infringement cases.  The defendants in several of these cases from time to time may file counterclaims.  Although due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot predict the outcome of any of these actions at this time, we continue to pursue our claims and believe that any counterclaims are without merit, and we intend to defend against all such counterclaims.
 
ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
 
Not applicable.
26

 
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Market Information
Our common stock is traded and listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “SNCR.” The following table sets forth, for each period during the past two years, the high and low sale prices as reported by NASDAQ.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common Stock	
 	 	2014	 	2013	
 	 	High	 	Low	 	High	 	Low	
First Quarter	 	$	36.44 	 	$	26.12 	 	$	32.00 	 	$	20.56 	
Second Quarter	 	$	35.22 	 	$	28.61 	 	$	32.98 	 	$	25.63 	
Third Quarter	 	$	45.78 	 	$	32.95 	 	$	39.30 	 	$	26.61 	
Fourth Quarter	 	$	53.67 	 	$	39.66 	 	$	38.90 	 	$	27.72 	
 
As of February 23, 2015, there were approximately 60 named holders of record of our common stock. On February 23, 2015, the last reported sale price of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $43.55 per share.
 
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to the covenants under our Credit Facility, and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
 
27

 
Table of Contents
Stock Performance Graph
 
The graph set forth below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2014, with the cumulative total return of (i) the NASDAQ Computer Index and (ii) the NASDAQ Composite Index, over the same period. This graph assumes the investment of $100 on December 31, 2009 in our common stock, the NASDAQ Computer Index and the NASDAQ Composite Index, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. The graph assumes the initial value of our common stock on December 31, 2009 was the closing sales price of $15.81 per share.
 
The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.
 
Information used in the graph was obtained from NASDAQ, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omissions in such information.

 	12/31/09	 	12/31/10	    	12/31/11	    	12/31/12	    	12/31/13	    	12/31/14	
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc	100 	 	169 	 	191 	 	133 	 	197 	 	265 	
Nasdaq Composite Index	100 	 	117 	 	115 	 	133 	 	184 	 	209 	
Nasdaq Computer Index	100 	 	117 	 	118 	 	133 	 	175 	 	210 	

 

28

 
Table of Contents
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial data included elsewhere in this Form 10‑K. The selected statements of operations and the selected balance sheet data are derived from our consolidated audited financial statements.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	 	2011	 	2010	
 	(In thousands, except per share data)	
Statements of Operations Data:	  	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	
Net revenues	$	457,314 	 	$	349,047 	 	$	273,692 	 	$	229,084 	 	$	165,969 	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of services*	 	184,414 	 	 	146,238 	 	 	115,670 	 	 	106,595 	 	 	83,217 	
Research and development	 	73,620 	 	 	64,845 	 	 	52,307 	 	 	41,541 	 	 	26,008 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	79,227 	 	 	62,096 	 	 	46,680 	 	 	44,886 	 	 	33,743 	
Net change in contingent consideration obligation	 	1,799 	 	 	(5,324)	 	 	(6,235)	 	 	2,954 	 	 	4,295 	
Restructuring charges	 	 —	 	 	5,172 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Depreciation and amortization	 	55,956 	 	 	41,126 	 	 	23,812 	 	 	14,739 	 	 	9,403 	
Total costs and expenses	 	395,016 	 	 	314,153 	 	 	232,234 	 	 	210,715 	 	 	156,666 	
Income from operations	 	62,298 	 	 	34,894 	 	 	41,458 	 	 	18,369 	 	 	9,303 	
Interest income	 	838 	 	 	557 	 	 	1,315 	 	 	821 	 	 	394 	
Interest expense	 	(3,003)	 	 	(1,089)	 	 	(998)	 	 	(928)	 	 	(917)	
Other income	 	441 	 	 	217 	 	 	889 	 	 	97 	 	 	317 	
Income before income tax expense	 	60,574 	 	 	34,579 	 	 	42,664 	 	 	18,359 	 	 	9,097 	
Income tax expense	 	(21,679)	 	 	(11,228)	 	 	(15,581)	 	 	(3,233)	 	 	(5,223)	
Net income attributable to common stockholders	 	38,895 	 	 	23,351 	 	 	27,083 	 	 	15,126 	 	 	3,874 	
Income effect for interest on convertible debt, net of tax	 	754 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Net income applicable to shares of common stock for earnings per share	$	39,649 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	 	$	15,126 	 	$	3,874 	
Net income attributable to common stockholders per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	$	0.96 	 	$	0.60 	 	$	0.71 	 	$	0.44 	 	$	0.12 	
Diluted	$	0.92 	 	$	0.58 	 	$	0.69 	 	$	0.43 	 	$	0.12 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic	 	40,418 	 	 	38,891 	 	 	38,195 	 	 	37,372 	 	 	31,971 	
Diluted	 	43,297 	 	 	40,009 	 	 	39,126 	 	 	38,619 	 	 	33,011 	

*Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.

 	As of December 31,	
 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012†	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	
 	(In thousands)	
Balance Sheet Data:	  	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	
Cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities	$	290,377 	 	$	77,605 	 	$	56,869 	 	$	152,576 	 	$	189,635 	
Working capital	 	354,298 	 	 	98,786 	 	 	84,451 	 	 	152,886 	 	 	203,796 	
Total assets	 	862,822 	 	 	527,019 	 	 	466,662 	 	 	398,618 	 	 	340,399 	
Lease financing obligation - long-term	 	9,204 	 	 	9,252 	 	 	9,540 	 	 	9,241 	 	 	9,205 	
Contingent consideration obligation - long-term	 	 —	 	 	4,468 	 	 	5,100 	 	 	8,432 	 	 	16,915 	
Convertible debt	 	230,000 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	529,107 	 	 	447,639 	 	 	374,657 	 	 	334,563 	 	 	288,023 	

†Certain prior period amounts have been recast in connection with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations.
29

 
Table of Contents
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
 
This annual report on Form 10‑K, particularly Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations set forth below, contains “forward‑looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and are based on the beliefs and assumptions of our management as of the date hereof based on information currently available to our management. Use of words such as “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “hopes,” “should, “continues,” “seeks,” “likely” or similar expressions, indicate a forward‑looking statement. Forward‑looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from the forward‑looking statements we make. We discuss factors that we believe could cause or contribute to these differences below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10‑K, including those set forth under “Risk Factors”. We caution investors not to place substantial reliance on the forward‑looking statements included in this report on Form 10‑K. These statements speak only as of the date of this report (unless another date is indicated), and we undertake no obligation to update or revise the statements in light of future developments.
 
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes that appear elsewhere in this document. All numbers are expressed in thousands unless otherwise stated.
 
Overview
 
We are a mobile innovation company that provides software-based cloud and activation solutions for connected devices to enterprise customers on a global scale.  Our software creates innovative consumer and enterprise solutions that drive billions of transactions on a wide range of connected devices across the world’s leading networks. Our solutions include: intelligent connectivity management and content synchronization, backup and sharing service procurement, provisioning, activation, and support that enable communications service providers (CSPs), cable operators/multi-services operators (MSOs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) with embedded connectivity (e.g. smartphones, laptops, tablets and mobile Internet devices, such as automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes), multi-channel retailers and other customers to accelerate and monetize value-add services for connected devices. This includes automating subscriber activation, order management, upgrades, service provisioning and connectivity and content management from any sales channel to any communication service (wireless or wireline), across any connected device type and managing the content transfer, synchronization and share.
 
Our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is specifically designed to power the activation of the devices and technologies that seamlessly connect today’s consumer and leverage our cloud assets to manage these devices and content associated with them.  Synchronoss WorkSpace™ focuses on providing a secure, integrated file sharing and collaboration solution for small and medium businesses. Our consumer and small business platforms and solutions enable us to drive a natural extension of our mobile activations and cloud services with leading wireless networks around the world to link other non-traditional devices (i.e., automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes).
 
Our Activation Services, Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ and Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platforms provide end-to-end seamless integration between customer-facing channels/applications, communication services or devices and “back-office” infrastructure-related systems and processes. Our customers rely on our solutions and technology to automate the process of activation and content and settings management for their subscriber’s devices while delivering additional communication services. Our Integrated Life™ platform brings together the capabilities of device/service activation with content and settings management to provide a seamless experience of activating and managing both traditional and non-traditional devices. Our platforms also support automated customer care processes through use of accurate and effective speech processing technology and enable our customers to offer their subscribers the ability to store in, and retrieve from, the Cloud their personal and work content and data which resides on their connected mobile devices, such as personal computers, smartphones and tablets.  Our platforms are designed to be carrier-grade, highly available, flexible and scalable to enable multiple converged communication services to be managed across multiple distribution channels including e-commerce, m-commerce, telesales, customer stores, indirect and other retail outlets allowing us to meet the rapidly changing and converging services and connected devices offered by our customers. We enable our customers to acquire, retain and service subscribers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively by enabling backup, restore, synchronization and sharing of subscriber content.  Through the use of our platforms, our customers can simplify the processes associated with managing the customer experience for procuring, activating, connecting, backing-up, synchronizing and social media and enterprise-wide sharing/collaboration with connected devices and contents from these devices and associated services.  The extensibility, scalability, reliability and relevance of our platforms enable new revenue streams and retention opportunities for our customers through new
30

 
Table of Contents
subscriber acquisitions, sale of new devices, accessories and new value-added service offerings in the Cloud, while optimizing their cost of operations and enhancing customer experience. We currently operate in and market our solutions and services directly through our sales organizations in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific.
 
Our industry-leading customers include Tier 1 mobile service providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless, Vodafone, Orange, Sprint, Telstra and U.S. Cellular, Tier 1 cable operators/MSOs and wireline operators like AT&T Inc., Comcast, Cablevision, Charter, CenturyLink, Mediacom and Level 3 Communications and large OEMs such as Apple and Ericsson.  These customers utilize our platforms, technology and services to service both consumer and business customers.
 
Revenues
 
We generate a substantial portion of our revenues on a per‑transaction or subscription basis, which is derived from contracts that extend up to 60 months from execution. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we derived approximately 77% and 70%, respectively, of our revenues from transactions processed and subscription arrangements. This increase is a result of new subscription arrangements with our existing customers and increased transaction volumes. The remainder of our revenues were generated from professional services and software licenses.
 
Historically, our revenues have been directly impacted by the number of transactions processed. The future success of our business depends on the continued growth of consumer and business transactions and, as such, the volume of transactions that we process could fluctuate on a quarterly basis.  See “Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations” for certain matters regarding future results of operations.
 
Most of our revenues are recorded in U.S. dollars but as we continue to expand our business with international carriers and increase the extent of recording our international activities in local currencies, we will become subject to currency translation risk that could affect our future net sales.
 
Each of AT&T and Verizon Wireless accounted for more than 10% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. AT&T and Verizon Wireless in the aggregate accounted for 73% and 66% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
Costs and Expenses
 
Our costs and expenses consist of cost of services, research and development, selling, general and administrative, depreciation and amortization, change in contingent consideration, interest and other expense.
 
Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor, cost of facilities and those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor, materials and supplies. Our primary cost of services is related to our information technology and systems department, including colocation fees, network costs, data center maintenance, database management and data processing costs, as well as personnel costs associated with service implementation, customer deployment and customer care. Also included in cost of services are costs associated with our exception handling centers and the maintenance of those centers. Currently, we utilize a combination of employees and third-party providers to process transactions through these centers.
 
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred unless they meet U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) criteria for deferral and amortization. Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are expensed as incurred. Research and development expense consists primarily of costs related to personnel, including salaries and other personnel-related expenses, consulting fees and the cost of facilities, computer and support services used in service technology development. We also expense costs relating to developing modifications and minor enhancements of our existing technology and services.
 
Selling, general and administrative expense consists of personnel costs including salaries, sales commissions, sales operations and other personnel-related expenses, travel and related expenses, trade shows, costs of communications equipment and support services, facilities costs, consulting fees, costs of marketing programs, such as internet and print and other overhead costs.
 
31

 
Table of Contents
Net change in contingent consideration obligation consists of the changes to the fair value estimate of the obligation to the former equity holders which resulted from our acquisitions. The estimate is based on the weighted probability of achieving certain financial targets and milestones. The contingent consideration obligation earn-out periods are no longer than 12 months in duration. As such, we recognize the changes in fair value over that period. Final determination of the payment is done up to 90 days after the earn-out period ends.
 
Restructuring charges consist of the costs associated with the January 2013 work-force reduction plan to reduce costs and align our resources with our key strategic priorities. The restructuring charges include employee termination costs and facilities consolidation costs related to minimum lease payments of a leased location that will be closed.
 
Depreciation relates to our property and equipment and includes our network infrastructure and facilities. Amortization primarily relates to trademarks, customer lists, technology acquired and internally developed software.
 
Interest expense consists primarily of interest on our lease financing obligations and our convertible senior notes.
 
Current Trends Affecting Our Results of Operations
 
Businesses from our Activation Platforms and Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ solutions have been driven by the unprecedented growth in mobile devices globally. Certain industry trends, such as Next programs from AT&T, have resulted in faster device upgrade cycles by customers resulting in increased device order transactions and activations. With mobile devices becoming content rich and acting as a replacement for other traditional devices like PC’s, the need to securely back up content from mobile devices, sync it with other devices and share it with others in their community of family, friends and business associates have become essential needs. The major Tier 1 carriers are also publicly discussing achieving 500% penetration (multiple connected devices per user) by enabling connectivity to non-traditional devices. Such devices include connected cars, health and wellness devices, connected home and health care. The need for these devices to be activated and managed and the contents from them to be stored in a common cloud are also expected to be drivers of our businesses in the long term.
 
Bring Your Own Technology (BYOT/BYOD) is impacting the work environment for Small and Medium Businesses, which find themselves in a position where they need to offer their employees a safe environment to share and collaborate on their work documents and files via mobile devices. Leveraging our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ solution infrastructure and technology to build Synchronoss WorkSpace™ for this purpose is enabling us to serve a completely new market, which we believe will also contribute to our growth.
 
To support our expected growth driven by the favorable industry trends mentioned above, we continue to look for opportunities to improve our operating efficiencies, such as the utilization of offshore technical and non-technical resources for our exception handling center management as well as routine software maintenance activities. We also leverage modular components from our existing software platforms to build new products.   We believe that these opportunities will continue to provide future benefits and position us to support revenue growth. In addition, we anticipate further automation of the transactions generated by our more mature customers and additional transaction types. Our cost of services can fluctuate from period to period based upon the level of automation and the on-boarding of new transaction and service types. We are also making investments in new research and development for development of products designed to enable us to grow rapidly in the mobile wireless market. Our purchase of capital assets and equipment may also increase based on aggressive deployment, subscriber growth and promotional offers for free or bundled storage by our major Tier 1 carrier customers.
 
We continue to advance our plans for the expansion of our platforms' footprint with broadband carriers and international mobile carriers to support connected devices and multiple networks through our focus on transaction management and cloud-based services for back up, synchronization and sharing of content. Our initiatives with AT&T, Verizon Wireless, Vodafone and other CSPs continue to grow both with our current businesses as well as new products. We are also exploring additional opportunities through merger and acquisition activities to support our customer, product and geographic diversification strategies.
 
32

 
Table of Contents
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires us to utilize accounting policies and make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingencies as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during a fiscal period. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) considers an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to a company’s financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with the audit committee of our Board of Directors, and the audit committee has reviewed our related disclosures in this Form 10‑K. Although we believe that our judgments and estimates are appropriate, correct and reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.
 
We believe the following to be our critical accounting policies because they are important to the portrayal of our consolidated financial condition and results of operations and they require critical management judgments and estimates about matters that are uncertain. If actual results or events differ materially from those contemplated by us in making these estimates, our reported consolidated financial condition and results of operations for future periods could be materially affected. See “Risk Factors” for certain matters bearing risks on our future results of operations.
 
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
 
We provide services principally on a transactional or subscription basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognize the revenues as the services are performed or delivered as discussed below:
 
Transactional and Subscription Service Arrangements:  Transaction and subscription revenues represented approximately 77%,  70%, and 67% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively. Transaction and subscription revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through our service platforms, providing enterprise portal management services on a subscription basis and maintenance agreements on software licenses. Transaction service arrangements include services such as processing equipment orders, new account set‑up and activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management. Subscription services include hosting and storage and the related maintenance support for those services.
 
Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual price per transaction and are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the relevant contract. The total amount of revenue recognized is based primarily on the volume of transactions. Subscription revenues are recorded on a straight‑line basis over the life of the contract for subscription services and maintenance agreements.
 
Many of our contracts guarantee minimum volume transactions from the customer. In these instances, if the customer’s total transaction volume for the period is less than the contractual amount, we record revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount. At times, transaction revenues may also include billings to customers that reimburse us based on the number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. Set‑up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred and recognized on a straight‑line basis over the life of the contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the customer without the related transactional service arrangement. Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level driven, or credits, which are performance driven, and are determined in the period in which the volume thresholds are met or the services are provided.
 
33

 
Table of Contents
Professional Service and Software License Arrangements:  Professional service and software license revenues represented approximately 23%,  30% and 33% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively. Professional services include process and workflow consulting services and development services. Professional services, when sold with non‑software transactional or subscription service arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis. Professional services, when sold with software transactional or subscription service arrangements, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the professional services. When accounted for separately, professional service revenues are recognized as services are performed and all other elements of revenue recognition have been satisfied.
 
In determining whether professional service revenues can be accounted for separately from transaction or subscription service revenues, we consider the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the professional services from other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists of the undelivered elements, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the transaction or subscription service start date and the contractual independence of the transactional or subscription service from the professional services.
 
If a professional service arrangement were not to qualify for separate accounting, we would recognize the professional service revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction or subscription agreement.
 
Revenue from software license arrangements is recognized when the license is delivered to our customers and all of the software revenue recognition criteria are met. When software arrangements include multiple elements, the arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception to all deliverables using the residual method providing we have vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) on all undelivered elements. We determine VSOE for each element based on historical stand‑alone sales to third‑parties. When sold with non‑software transaction or subscription service arrangements, the arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The relative selling price method allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable’s selling price. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on VSOE if available, third‑party evidence (TPE) if vendor‑ specific objective evidence is not available, or estimated selling price (ESP) if neither vendor‑specific objective evidence nor third‑party evidence is available. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand‑alone basis. We determine ESP by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, and pricing practices. ESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand‑alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings.
 
While we follow specific and detailed rules and guidelines related to revenue recognition, we make and use management judgments and estimates in connection with the revenue recognized in any reporting period, particularly in the areas described above, as well as collectability. If management made different estimates or judgments, differences in the timing of the recognition of revenue could occur.
 
Deferred Revenue:  Deferred revenues primarily represent billings to customers for services in advance of the performance of services, with revenues recognized as the services are rendered, and also include the fair value of deferred revenues recorded as a result of acquisitions.
 
Service Level Standards
 
Pursuant to certain contracts, we are subject to service level standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet those standards. All performance‑related penalties are reflected as a corresponding reduction of our revenues. These penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the month incurred and were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012.
 
34

 
Table of Contents
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated bad debts resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payments. The amount of the allowance account is based on historical experience and our analysis of the accounts receivable balance outstanding. While credit losses have historically been within our expectations and the provisions established, we cannot guarantee that we will continue to experience the same credit losses that we have in the past or that our reserves will be adequate. If the financial condition of one of our customers were to deteriorate, resulting in its inability to make payments, additional allowances may be required which would result in an additional expense in the period that this determination was made.
 
Income Taxes
 
Since we conduct operations on a global basis, our effective tax rate has and will depend upon the geographic distribution of our pre-tax earnings among locations with varying tax rates. We account for the effects of income taxes that result from our activities during the current and preceding years. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is "more likely than not" that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, we begin with historical results and incorporate assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax-planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses.
 
We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured by determining the amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon the settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as current or a long‑term liability in the consolidated balance sheets based on when we expect each of the items to be settled. We record interest and penalties accrued in relation to uncertain tax benefits as a component of interest expense. We expect that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change during 2015; however, we do not expect the change to have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position.
 
While we believe we have identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and that the reserve we have established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances, it is possible that additional exposures exist and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved. It is also possible that changes in facts and circumstances could cause us to either materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of our tax reserves. In general, tax returns for the year 2010 and thereafter are subject to future examination by tax authorities.
 
Our policy has been to leave our cumulative unremitted foreign earnings invested indefinitely outside the United States, and we intend to continue this policy. As such, taxes have not been provided on any of the remaining accumulated foreign unremitted earnings. If the cumulative unremitted foreign earnings exceed the amount we intend to reinvest in foreign countries in the future, we would provide for taxes on such excess amount.
 
Stock‑Based Compensation
 
As of December 31, 2014, we maintain three stock‑based compensation plans. We utilize the Black‑Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. Restricted stock awards are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant, unless the awards are subject to market conditions, in which case we use a binomial‑lattice model (e.g., Monte Carlo simulation model). The Monte Carlo simulation model utilizes multiple input variables to estimate the probability that market conditions will be achieved. We recognize stock‑based compensation over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid‑in capital.
 
35

 
Table of Contents
For our performance restricted stock awards we estimate the number of shares the recipient is to receive by applying a probability of achieving the performance goals. The actual number of shares the recipient receives is determined at the end of the annual performance period based on the results achieved versus goals based on our annual performance targets, such as operating income. Once the number of awards is determined, the compensation cost is fixed and continues to be recognized using the accelerated attribution recognition over the requisite service period for each vesting tranche.
 
We classify benefits of tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) as a financing cash inflow with a corresponding operating cash outflow. We included $1.2 million,  $3.0 million and $6.9 million of excess tax benefits as a financing cash inflow for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
We utilize the Black‑Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value for stock‑option awards. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was calculated based on our historical information of our stock. The average expected life was determined using historical stock option exercise activity. The risk‑free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero‑coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common or preferred equity and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures are estimated based on the historical analysis of actual stock option forfeitures.
 
The weighted‑average assumptions used in the Black‑Scholes option pricing model are as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	
Expected stock price volatility	57 	%	    	66 	%	    	68 	%	
Risk-free interest rate	1.43 	%	 	0.87 	%	 	0.80 	%	
Expected life of options (in years)	4.2 	 	 	4.5 	 	 	4.8 	 	
Expected dividend yield	 —	%	 	 —	%	 	 —	%	
 
The weighted‑average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the options granted was $14.67,  $15.79 and $13.47 per share for the year ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively. The total stock‑based compensation cost related to unvested equity awards not yet recognized as an expense as of December 31, 2014 was approximately $41.0 million.
 
Business Combinations
 
We account for business combinations in accordance with the acquisition method. The acquisition method of accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their fair values on the date of a business acquisition. Our consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business from the completion date of an acquisition.
 
The judgments that we make in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net income in periods following a business combination. We generally use either the income, cost or market approach to aid in our conclusions of such fair values and asset lives. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates value based on what other participants in the market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset and the availability of information.
 
We record contingent consideration resulting from a business combination at its fair value on the acquisition date. Each reporting period thereafter, we revalue these obligations and record increases or decreases in their fair value as an adjustment to net change in contingent consideration obligation within the consolidated statement of income. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation can result from updates in the achievement of financial targets and changes to the weighted probability of achieving those future financial targets. Significant judgment is employed in determining the appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, any change in the assumptions described above, could have a material impact on the amount of the net change in contingent consideration obligation that we record in any given period.
36

 
Table of Contents
 
On July 11, 2014, we acquired all outstanding shares of Vox, a French company, for $25.1 million, net of cash acquired and liabilities assumed, subject to certain working capital adjustments. We believe that this acquisition will further enable us to be positioned as the leading provider of personal cloud solutions to the world’s largest mobile operators.
 
On July 2, 2014, we acquired certain assets, liabilities and workforce from Clarity, an Australian company, for cash consideration of $6.6 million net of liabilities assumed. We believe that the assets and customer contracts acquired from Clarity will assist our access to new markets in the Asia Pacific region.
 
On May 12, 2014, we acquired certain assets and workforce from Digi-Data, a U.S. company, for total consideration of $6.3 million. We believe that the assets and workforce acquired from Digi-Data will expedite our integration of broadband technologies into our wireless cloud offerings.
 
Goodwill
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired, including other definite‑lived intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed annually for impairment or upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. We performed our annual impairment test noting no impairment as of December 31, 2014, and we do not believe we are at significant risk for impairment.
 
The change in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	137,743 	
Acquisitions	 	    	20,624 	
Reclassifications, adjustments and other	 	 	(1,287)	
Translation adjustments	 	 	(9,945)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	 	$	147,135 	
 
The reclassification, adjustments and other of $1.3 million is primarily related to an increase in the Company’s deferred taxes in connection with a foreign tax election.
37

 
Table of Contents
Results of Operations
 
Year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013
 
The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended December 31, 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	       2014       	 	       2013       	 	2014 vs 2013	
 	    	       $        	    	% of Revenue	    	       $        	    	% of Revenue	    	$ Change	    	% Change	
 	 	(in thousands)	
Net revenues	 	$	457,314 	 	100.0 	%  	 	$	349,047 	 	100.0 	%  	 	$	108,267 	 	31.0 	%  	
Cost of services*	 	 	184,414 	 	40.3 	%  	 	 	146,238 	 	41.9 	%  	 	 	38,176 	 	26.1 	%  	
Research and development	 	 	73,620 	 	16.1 	%  	 	 	64,845 	 	18.6 	%  	 	 	8,775 	 	13.5 	%  	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	79,227 	 	17.3 	%  	 	 	62,096 	 	17.8 	%  	 	 	17,131 	 	27.6 	%  	
Net change in contingent consideration obligation	 	 	1,799 	 	0.4 	%  	 	 	(5,324)	 	(1.5)	%  	 	 	7,123 	 	(133.8)	%  	
Restructuring charges	 	 	 —	 	 —	%  	 	 	5,172 	 	1.5 	%  	 	 	(5,172)	 	(100.0)	%  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	55,956 	 	12.2 	%  	 	 	41,126 	 	11.8 	%  	 	 	14,830 	 	36.1 	%  	
 	 	 	395,016 	 	86.4 	%  	 	 	314,153 	 	90.0 	%  	 	 	80,863 	 	25.7 	%  	
Income from operations	 	$	62,298 	 	13.6 	%  	 	$	34,894 	 	10.0 	%  	 	$	27,404 	 	78.5 	%  	

*Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.
 
Net Revenues.  Net revenues increased $108.3 million to $457.3 million in 2014, compared to 2013. This increase was primarily due to the expansion of our services provided to our customers. Transaction and subscription revenues as a percentage of sales were 77% or $350.0 million in 2014  compared to 70% or $243.0 million in 2013. The increase in transaction and subscription revenue is primarily due to new subscription arrangements with our existing customers and increased transaction volumes. Professional service and software license revenues as a percentage of sales were 23% or $107.3 million in 2014 compared to 30% or $106.0 million in 2013.
 
Net revenues related to Activation Services increased $12.8 million to $245.8 million in 2014,  compared to $233.0 million in 2013.  Net revenues related to Activation Services represented 54% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 67% for 2013. Net revenues related to our Cloud Services increased by $95.5 million to $211.5 million of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 2013.  Net revenues related to our Cloud Services represented 46% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 33%  in 2013. The increase in our Cloud Service performance was a result of strong adoption of our cloud offerings across our customer base.  
 
Expense
 
Cost of Services.  Cost of services increased $38.2 million to $184.4 million in 2014, compared to 2013, due primarily to an increase of $18.1 million in colocation costs related to the expansion of our hosting and storage offering. Personnel and related costs increased $11.7 million due primarily to our continued growth in existing and new programs with our current customers and recent acquisitions. Outside consulting increased $8.2 million due to increased usage of third party exception handling vendors needed to process additional transactions related to our increased business. Cost of services as a percentage of revenues decreased to 40.3% for 2014, as compared to 41.9% for 2013.
 
Research and Development.  Research and development expense increased approximately $8.8 million to $73.6 million in 2014, compared to 2013,  primarily due to an increase of $4.9 million in our personnel and related costs and an increase of $3.7 million in outside consulting as a result of our continued growth as we further expand the capabilities of our offerings. Research and development expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 16.1% for 2014, compared to 18.6% in 2013.
 
38

 
Table of Contents
Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $17.1 million to $79.2 million in 2014, compared to 2013. There was an increase of $10.0 million in personnel and related costs and an increase of $2.8 million in stock based compensation. The increase in personnel and related costs primarily related to increased headcount as a result of our international expansion as well as the earn-out compensation due to former owners and employees of Strumsoft. Our marketing expense increased $1.2 million due to our market expansion activities associated with the rebranding and the launch of our new products. There was also an increase of $1.3 million in merger and acquisition expense related to the acquisitions of Digi-Data, Vox and Clarity. The remaining increases of $725 thousand related to telecommunication and facility costs that were impacted by the increase of our common area maintenance costs and $713 thousand related to various outside consultant costs supporting various strategic projects. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 17.3% for 2014, as compared to 17.8% for 2013.
 
Net Change in Contingent Consideration Obligation.  The net change in contingent consideration obligation increased by $7.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. During 2014 the contingent consideration associated with the Strumsoft acquisition increased $1.8 million due to changes in the fair value estimates related to the weighted probability of achieving revenue milestones. As of December 31, 2014 all of the business objectives for the Strumsoft earn-out have been met and accordingly the Company recorded $8 million on the balance sheet related to the Strumsoft earn-out, which is to be paid within 60 days following December 31, 2014. This contrasts with a $5.3 million reduction of the contingent consideration obligation for the year ended December 31, 2013 driven by the Spatial Systems Nominees PTY Limited ("Spatial") earn-out reversal as a result of the timing of projected revenue financial milestones required to be achieved in order to receive the expected payout and the settlement of the SpeechCycle, Inc. ("SpeechCycle") earn-out.  
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $14.8 million to $56.0 million in 2014, compared to 2013, primarily related to capital investments in our IT infrastructure to support the continued expansion of our platforms and the amortization of our newly acquired intangible assets of Digi-Data, Clarity and Vox. Effective October 1, 2014, the Company changed the useful life estimate of its data center hardware assets from 3 years to 5 years to better reflect the estimated period during which these assets will remain in service and economically viable.  These changes resulted in a decrease in depreciation expense of $3.6 million in 2014. Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.2% for 2014, as compared to 11.8% for 2013.
 
Income from Operations.    Income from operations increased $27.4 million to $62.3 million in 2014, compared to 2013.  This was primarily due to increased revenues offset by the additional costs associated with our acquired operations and no restructuring costs incurred in 2014. Income from operations as a percentage of revenues increased to 13.6% for 2014, as compared to 10.0% for 2013.
 
Interest Income.  Interest income increased $281 thousand to $838 thousand in 2014, compared to 2013.  Interest income increased primarily due to an increase in our cash, cash equivalents and investment balances.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $1.9 million to $3.0 million in 2014, compared to 2013 due to an increase of approximately $439 thousand related to our $40 million borrowing on our revolving credit facility, which was drawn in July and subsequently repaid in September 2014, and an additional $1.2 million of coupon rate interest and deferred financing fees related to the $230 million of convertible debt issued in August 2014.
 
Other Income.  Other income increased $224 thousand to $441 thousand in 2014, compared to 2013.  Other income increased primarily due to an increase in New York state refundable research and development tax credits domestically, upon the state’s completion of its audit, and foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Income Tax.  During 2014 and 2013, we recognized approximately $21.7 million and $11.2 million in income tax expense, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately 35.8% and 32.5% during 2014 and 2013, respectively. In 2014, our effective tax rate was higher than our U.S. federal statutory rate primarily due to state taxes, the tax effect of non-deductible expenses and the unfavorable tax impact of the fair market value adjustment for the contingent consideration obligations related to the earn-out payments and Subpart F income, offset by the favorable impact of income in foreign jurisdictions which have lower tax rates than the U.S. and the tax credit for research and experimentation expenses.
 
39

 
Table of Contents
We expect to be exposed to fluctuations in our effective rate during the earn-out period for our contingent consideration liabilities. Due to the nature of these transactions we may experience significant adjustments to fair value of the contingent consideration obligation depending on the outcome of the target achievements.
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 is as follows:

 	 	 	 	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2013	  	$	734 	
Reductions for tax positions of prior periods	 	 	(217)	
Additions for tax positions of current periods	 	 	650 	
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes of limitations	 	 	(13)	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2014	 	$	1,154 	
 
Year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012
 
The following table presents an overview of our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended December 31, 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	       2013       	 	       2012       	 	2013 vs 2012	
 	    	       $        	    	% of Revenue	    	   $    	    	% of Revenue	    	$ Change	    	% Change	
 	 	(in thousands)	
Net revenues	 	$	349,047 	 	100.0 	%  	 	$	273,692 	 	100.0 	%  	 	$	75,355 	 	27.5 	%  	
Cost of services*	 	 	146,238 	 	41.9 	%  	 	 	115,670 	 	42.3 	%  	 	 	30,568 	 	26.4 	%  	
Research and development	 	 	64,845 	 	18.6 	%  	 	 	52,307 	 	19.1 	%  	 	 	12,538 	 	24.0 	%  	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	62,096 	 	17.8 	%  	 	 	46,680 	 	17.1 	%  	 	 	15,416 	 	33.0 	%  	
Net change in contingent consideration obligation	 	 	(5,324)	 	(1.5)	%  	 	 	(6,235)	 	(2.3)	%  	 	 	911 	 	(14.6)	%  	
Restructuring charges	 	 	5,172 	 	1.5 	%  	 	 	 —	 	 —	%  	 	 	5,172 	 	100.0 	%  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	41,126 	 	11.8 	%  	 	 	23,812 	 	8.7 	%  	 	 	17,314 	 	72.7 	%  	
 	 	 	314,153 	 	90.0 	%  	 	 	232,234 	 	84.9 	%  	 	 	81,919 	 	35.3 	%  	
Income from operations	 	$	34,894 	 	10.0 	%  	 	$	41,458 	 	15.1 	%  	 	$	(6,564)	 	(15.8)	%  	

*Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.
 
Net Revenues.  Net revenues increased $75.4 million to $349.0 million in 2013, compared to 2012. This increase was primarily due to the expansion of our services provided to our customers. Transaction and subscription revenues as a percentage of sales were 70% or $243.0 million in 2013 compared to 67% or $183.6 million in 2012. The increase in transaction and subscription revenue is primarily due to new subscription arrangements with our existing customers. Professional service and software license revenues as a percentage of sales were 30% or $106.0 million in 2013 compared to 33% or $90.1 million in 2012.
 
Activation Services as a percentage of sales were 67% or $233.0 million in 2013 compared to 71% or $195.6 million in 2012. The combination of upgrade promotions being offered by operators, along with the positive impact of Family Share Plans drove increased transaction volumes. Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ services as a percentage of sales were 33% or $116.0 million in 2013 compared to 29% or $78.1 million in 2012. Our cloud service revenue growth was driven by the scaling of our Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform deployments with major Tier 1 mobile operator customers.
 
40

 
Table of Contents
Expense
 
Cost of Services.  Cost of services increased $30.6 million to $146.2 million in 2013, compared to 2012, due primarily to an increase of $15.3 million in telecommunication and facility costs related to the increased call volume and capacity associated with our data facilities. Personnel and related costs increased $9.1 million due primarily to our continued growth in existing and new programs with our current customers and recent acquisitions. Outside consulting increased $5.5 million due to our increased use of third party exception handling vendors. Cost of services as a percentage of revenues decreased to 41.9% for 2013, as compared to 42.3% for 2012.
 
Research and Development.  Research and development expense increased approximately $12.5 million to $64.8 million in 2013, compared to 2012, due primarily to an increase of $10.0 million in our personnel and related costs as a result of our continued growth as we further expand the capabilities of our offerings, as well as investing in several early‑stage customer deployments. Outside consulting increased $731 thousand and telecommunication and facility costs increased $1.6 million as a result of the expansion of our programs. Research and development expense as a percentage of revenues decreased to 18.6% for 2013, compared to 19.1% in 2012.
 
Selling, General and Administrative.  Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $15.4 million to $62.1 million in 2013, compared to 2012 due primarily to an increase of $12.7 million in personnel and related costs as a result of our recent acquisitions and our expanded sales and marketing programs. Professional services related to accounting and legal costs increased $2.4 million as a result of our acquisition and patent activity and telecommunication and facility costs increased $2.2 million as a result of our acquisitions. Offsetting the increase was a decrease of $2.2 million in mergers and acquisition expense due to a decrease in the number of acquisitions in 2013 compared to 2012. Selling, general and administrative expense as a percentage of revenues increased to 17.8% for 2013, as compared to 17.1% for 2012.
 
Net Change in Contingent Consideration Obligation.  The net change in contingent consideration obligation resulted from a $5.3 million reduction of the contingent consideration obligation for the year ended December 31, 2013 driven by the Spatial Systems Nominees PTY Limited (“Spatial”) earn‑out reversal as a result of the timing of projected revenue financial milestones required to be achieved in order to receive the expected payout and the settlement of the SpeechCycle, Inc. (“SpeechCycle”) earn‑out. The $6.2 million reduction of the contingent consideration obligation for the year ended December 31, 2012 was driven by changes in the fair value estimates related to the weighted probability of achieving revenue and product milestones for the Miyowa S.A. (“Miyowa”), SpeechCycle, Spatial, and Sapience Knowledge Systems, Inc. (“SKS”) earn‑outs.
 
Restructuring Charges.  Restructuring charges were $5.2 million, consisting of $4.6 million for employment termination costs and $555 thousand for minimum lease payments, in 2013, as a result of the January 2013 work‑force reduction plan to reduce costs and align our resources with our key strategic priorities. This restructuring was done shortly after our acquisition of Newbay Software Limited.
 
Depreciation and Amortization.  Depreciation and amortization expense increased $17.3 million to $41.1 million in 2013, compared to 2012, primarily related to an increase in depreciable fixed assets necessary for the continued expansion of our platforms and the amortization of our newly acquired intangible assets of Spatial, Newbay Software Limited (“Newbay”), and Strumsoft Inc. (“Strumsoft”). Depreciation and amortization expense as a percentage of revenues increased to 11.8% for 2013, as compared to 8.7% for 2012.
 
Income from Operations.  Income from operations decreased $6.6 million to $34.9 million in 2013, compared to 2012. This was due primarily to increases in depreciable fixed assets, increased intangible amortization, restructuring charges related to our work‑force reduction and facilities consolidation to align our resources with our key strategic priorities and the additional costs associated with our acquired operations offset by increased revenues. Income from operations as a percentage of revenues decreased to 10.0% for 2013, as compared to 15.1% for 2012.
 
Interest Income.  Interest income decreased $758 thousand to $557 thousand in 2013, compared to 2012. Interest income decreased primarily due to a reduction of our investment balances as a result of our recent acquisitions.
 
Interest Expense.  Interest expense increased $91 thousand to $1.1 million in 2013, compared to 2012.
 
41

 
Table of Contents
Other Income.  Other income decreased $672 thousand to $217 thousand in 2013, compared to 2012. Other income decreased primarily due to a reduction in refundable research and development tax credits realized in France and changes in foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Income Tax.  During 2013 and 2012, we recognized approximately $11.2 million and $15.6 million in income tax expense, respectively. Our effective tax rate was approximately 32.5% and 36.5% during 2013 and 2012, respectively. In 2013, our effective tax rate was lower than our US federal statutory rate primarily due to the favorable impact of income in foreign jurisdictions which have lower tax rates than the U.S. and the favorable tax impact of the fair market value adjustment for the contingent consideration obligations related to the earn‑out payments. In addition, compared to 2012, our effective tax rate was favorably impacted by the late extension of the tax credit for research and experimentation expenses that was not in existence as of December 31, 2012 but was retroactively reinstated by Congress in January of 2013 and therefore recognized during 2013. These favorable items were offset by the unfavorable impact of state taxes and the tax effect of non‑deductible expenses.
 
We expect to be exposed to fluctuations in our effective rate during the earn‑out period for our contingent consideration liabilities. Due to the nature of these transactions we may experience significant adjustments to fair value of the contingent consideration obligation depending on the outcome of the target achievements.
 
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 is as follows:

 	 	 	 	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2012	  	$	529 	
Additions for tax positions of prior periods	 	  	12 	
Additions for tax positions of current periods	 	 	268 	
Reductions related to the expiration of statutes of limitations	 	 	(75)	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2013	 	$	734 	
 
Unaudited Quarterly Results of Operations

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quarter Ended	
 	    	March 31	    	June 30	    	September 30	    	December 31	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	
2014	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	$	98,477 	 	$	103,451 	 	$	125,175 	 	$	130,211 	
Gross profit(2)	 	  	58,498 	 	  	62,161 	 	 	74,679 	 	  	77,562 	
Net income(3)(5)	 	 	7,584 	 	 	8,364 	 	 	9,327 	 	 	13,620 	
Basic net income per common share(1)	 	 	0.19 	 	 	0.21 	 	 	0.23 	 	 	0.33 	
Diluted net income per common share(1)	 	 	0.19 	 	 	0.20 	 	 	0.22 	 	 	0.30 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Quarter Ended	
 	    	March 31	    	June 30	    	September 30	    	December 31	
 	 	(In thousands, except per share data)	
2013	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net revenues	 	$	78,276 	 	$	83,848 	 	$	89,716 	 	$	97,207 	
Gross profit(2)	 	  	46,145 	 	  	48,321 	 	  	51,583 	 	  	56,760 	
Net income(3)(4)	 	 	476 	 	 	3,412 	 	 	3,590 	 	 	15,873 	
Basic net income per common share(1)	 	 	0.01 	 	 	0.09 	 	 	0.09 	 	 	0.40 	
Diluted net income per common share(1)	 	 	0.01 	 	 	0.09 	 	 	0.09 	 	 	0.39 	

 	(1)	 	Per common share amounts for the quarters and full year have been calculated separately. Accordingly, quarterly amounts do not add to the annual amount because of differences in the weighted‑average common shares outstanding during each period principally due to the effect of issuing shares of our common stock and options during the year.	

 	(2)	 	Gross profit is defined as net revenues less cost of services and excludes depreciation and amortization expense.	

 	(3)	 	Net income for the quarters ended December 31, 2014,  September 30, 2014,  June 30, 2014,  March 31, 2014,  December 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, June 30, 2013 and March 31, 2013  included a change in contingent consideration obligation of $118 thousand,  $355 thousand, $115 thousand, $1.2 million, ($8.0) million,  $500 thousand, $1.7 million, and $433 thousand, respectively.	

 	(4)	 	Net income for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, included restructuring charges of $5.2 million.	

 	(5)	 	Net income for the quarter ended December 21, 2014 included a $3.6 million depreciation expense adjustment related to a change in estimate which increased net income by $2.3 million.	
42

 
Table of Contents
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal source of liquidity has been cash provided by operations. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities balance was $290.4 million at December 31, 2014,  an increase of $212.8 million as compared to the balance at December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to $223 million of cash received from the issuance of our convertible senior notes, $71.0 million cash generated from operations and $30.0 million of cash received from the exercise of stock options offset by $73.9 million related to purchases of fixed assets and $38.1 million for the acquisitions of Digi-Data, Clarity and Vox. We anticipate that our principal uses of cash in the future will be to fund the expansion of our business through both organic growth as well as possible acquisition activities and the expansion of our customer base internationally. Uses of cash will also include facility and technology expansion, capital expenditures, and working capital. On February 4, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire certain cloud assets from F-Secure Corporation, an online security and privacy company from Finland, for cash consideration of $60.0 million, net of liabilities assumed. This agreement will be financed using our existing cash balances.
 
On August 12, 2014 we issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2019 (the “2019 Notes”). The 2019 Notes mature on August 15, 2019, and bear interest at a rate of 0.75% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. We accounted for the $230 million face value of the 2019 Notes as a liability and capitalized approximately $7.1 million of financing fees, related to the issuance.
 
The 2019 Notes are our direct senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of our existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. Holders of the 2019 Notes who convert their notes in connection with a qualifying fundamental change, as defined in the related indenture, may be entitled to make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. Additionally, following the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders may require that we repurchase some or all of the 2019 Notes for cash at a repurchase price of equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. As of December 31, 2014 none of these conditions existed with respect to the 2019 Notes and as a result the 2019 Notes are classified as long term.
 
At December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of the liability and the outstanding principal of the 2019 Notes was $230.0 million, with an effective interest rate of approximately 1.36%. The fair value of the 2019 Notes was $254.3 million at December 31, 2014.  
 
The interest expense of our 2019 Notes related to the contractual interest coupon was $647 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014.  There was no interest expense related to the 2019 Notes for the year ended December 31, 2013.
 
In September 2013, we entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the syndication agent and Capital One, National Association and KeyBank National Association, as co-documentation agents. The Credit Facility, which can be used for general corporate purposes, is a $100 million unsecured revolving line of credit that matures on September 27, 2018. We pay a commitment fee of 25 basis points on the unused balance of the revolving credit facility under the Credit Facility. Commitment fees totaled approximately $215 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2014. We have the right to request an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Credit Facility to $150 million.
 
On July 2, 2014 we borrowed $40 million under the Credit Facility to fund acquisitions and capital asset purchases. Interest on the borrowing was based upon LIBOR plus a 175 basis point margin.
 
On September 4, 2014 we repaid the full amount borrowed under the Credit Facility plus interest of approximately $136 thousand.
 
The Credit Facility is subject to certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2014, we were in compliance with all required covenants and there were no outstanding balances on the Credit Facility.
 
At  December 31, 2014, our non‑U.S. subsidiaries held approximately $10.2 million of cash and cash equivalents that are available for use by all of our operations around the world. However, if these funds were repatriated to the U.S. or used for U.S. operations, certain amounts could be subject to U.S. tax for the incremental amount in excess of the foreign tax paid. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of such earnings, if any, it is not practical to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability related to the amount.
43

 
Table of Contents
 
Discussion of Cash Flows
 
Year ended December 31, 2014, compared to the year ended December 31, 2013
 
Cash Flows from Operations.  Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $71.0 million, as compared to $81.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.  Cash flows from operations decreased by $10.1 million. Operating cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2014 benefited from the increase in net income and non-cash items of $36.5 million other assets and liabilities together with a change in the contingent consideration fair value increased the operating cash flow by $23.1 million. These increases were offset by a decrease in working capital for the year ended December 31, 2014 of approximately $69.8 million. Among the changes in working capital, the accounts receivable increase accounted for most of the change.
 
Cash Flows from Investing.  Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $153.0 million, as compared to $73.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014, of $79.3 million as compared to 2013 is primarily due to the acquisitions of Vox, Clarity and Digi-Data in 2014 combined with increased purchases of property and equipment related to our continued investments in our global information technology and business systems infrastructure and purchases of marketable securities.
 
Cash Flows from Financing.  Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $254.3 million, as compared to $20.1 million cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014, of $234.2 million as compared to 2013 is primarily due to the issuance of the 2019 Notes and an increase in proceeds from the exercises of stock options.
 
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, cash generated from our existing operations, our available credit facilities and other available sources of financing will be sufficient to fund our operations for the next twelve months based on our current business plan.
 
Year ended December 31, 2013, compared to the year ended December 31, 2012
 
Cash Flows from Operations.    Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $81.1 million, as compared to $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, of $25.2 million as compared to 2012 is primarily due to an increase in the changes in non-cash items and working capital accounts offset by a decline in net income.
 
Cash Flows from Investing.    Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $73.7 million, as compared to $77.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, of $3.5 million as compared to 2012 is primarily due to fewer acquisitions in 2013 compared to 2012 offset by increased purchases of property and equipment related to our continued investments in our global information technology and business systems infrastructure and fewer maturities of marketable securities as a result of lower marketable securities balances.
 
Cash Flows from Financing.    Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $20.1 million, as compared to $12.4 million cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2013, of $32.5 million as compared to 2012 is primarily an increase in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and no repurchases of our common stock in 2013 offset by less excess tax benefits from the exercise of stock options.
 
Effect of Inflation
 
Although inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and equipment, we do not believe that inflation has had any material effect on our results of operations during 2014,  2013 and 2012. We do not expect the current rate of inflation to have a material impact on our business.
 
44

 
Table of Contents
Contractual Obligations
 
Our contractual commitments consist of obligations under leases for office space, automobiles, computer equipment and furniture and fixtures. The following table summarizes our long‑term contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 (in thousands).

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	Payments Due by Period	
 	 	 	 	Less Than	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	More Than	
 	Total	    	1 Year	    	1—3 Years	    	4—5 Years	    	5 Years	
Long-term lease obligations (1)	$	18,856 	 	$	1,118 	 	$	2,313 	 	$	2,417 	 	$	13,008 	
Contingent consideration obligation (2)	  	8,022 	 	  	8,022 	 	  	 —	 	  	 —	 	  	 —	
Operating lease obligations	 	53,665 	 	 	7,247 	 	 	13,320 	 	 	11,793 	 	 	21,305 	
Capital lease obligations	 	6,653 	 	 	1,885 	 	 	3,351 	 	 	1,417 	 	 	 —	
Purchase obligations (3)	 	67,962 	 	 	28,851 	 	 	34,860 	 	 	4,251 	 	 	 —	
Other long-term liabilities (4)	 	1,154 	 	 	72 	 	 	1,082 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Total	$	156,312 	 	$	47,195 	 	$	54,926 	 	$	19,878 	 	$	34,313 	

 	(1)	 	Amount represents obligation associated with the Pennsylvania facility lease.	

 	(2)	 	Amount represents the fair value of the contingent consideration obligations of our Strumsoft acquisition and is based on actual and estimated achievements of financial targets and milestones as of December 31, 2014. When settled at the end of the applicable earn‑out period the amount is subject to change due to the actual achievements of financial targets and our stock price.	

 	(3)	 	Amount represents obligations associated with colocation agreements.	

 	(4)	 	Amount represents unrecognized tax positions recorded in our balance sheet. Although the timing of the settlement is uncertain, we believe this amount will be settled within 3 years.	
 
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In November 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-17  Business Combinations  (Topic 805),  Pushdown Accounting . The amendment provides that acquired entities have the option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of an acquired entity. The acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period and would be treated as a change in accounting principle. Additional disclosures are required to enable the users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect of pushdown accounting. The standard was adopted on November 18, 2014 and did not have an impact on our current period consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern .  Management of public and private companies will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued when applicable) and, if so, disclose that fact. Management will be required to make this evaluation for both annual and interim reporting periods, if applicable. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. Management does not expect adoption of this ASU to significantly impact its consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) (collectively, the “Boards”) jointly issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP and IFRS. The standard’s core principle (issued as ASU 2014-09 by the FASB and as IFRS 15 by the IASB), is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The new guidance must be adopted using either a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or a modified retrospective approach. The effective date is fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is not permitted. Management is currently evaluating the methods of adoption and the impact that ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements.
 
45

 
Table of Contents
Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
We had no off‑balance sheet arrangements during the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 that have or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that is material to our interests .
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Market Risk
The following discussion about market risk disclosures involves forward‑looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward‑looking statements. We deposit our excess cash in what we believe are high‑quality financial instruments, primarily money market funds and certificates of deposit and, we may be exposed to market risks related to changes in interest rates. We do not actively manage the risk of interest rate fluctuations on our marketable securities; however, such risk is mitigated by the relatively short‑term nature of these investments. These investments are denominated in United States dollars.
 
The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve our capital for the purpose of funding operations, while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our investments without significantly increasing risk. To achieve these objectives, our investment policy allows us to maintain a portfolio of cash equivalents and short‑ and long‑term investments in a variety of securities, which could include commercial paper, money market funds and corporate and government debt securities. Our cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities at December 31, 2014 and 2013 were invested in liquid money market accounts, certificates of deposit and government securities. All market‑risk sensitive instruments were entered into for non‑trading purposes.
 
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
 
We conduct business outside the U.S. in several currencies including the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Australian Dollar, and the Indian Rupee. Prior to the third quarter of 2013, several of our subsidiaries that operate outside the U.S. used the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. Effective July 1, 2013, we changed the functional currencies of those subsidiaries that operate outside the U.S. to their local currency. The functional currency is translated into U.S. dollars for balance sheet accounts using the month end rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and average exchange rate for revenue and expense accounts for each respective period. The translation adjustments are deferred as a separate component of stockholders’ equity within accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are included in other income or expense, within the consolidated statements of income. The effects of the change in functional currency were not material to our consolidated financial statements for all years presented.
 
We do not hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in any hedging activities. Although our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar, we may conduct business and incur costs in the local currencies of other countries in which we may operate, make sales and buy materials. As a result, we are subject to currency translation risk. Further, changes in exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar could affect our future net sales and cost of sales and could result in exchange losses.
 
If and when we draw down on our Credit Facility, we will be subject to U.S. LIBOR interest rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2014, there were no outstanding balances on the Credit Facility.
 
We cannot accurately predict future exchange rates or the overall impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our business, results of operations and financial condition. To the extent that our international activities recorded in local currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase and hedging activities may be considered if appropriate .
 
46

 
Table of Contents
Interest Rate Risk
 
We are exposed to the risk of interest rate fluctuations on the interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalents. A hypothetical 100 basis point movement in interest rates applicable to our cash and cash equivalents outstanding at December 31, 2014 would increase interest income by less than $682 thousand on an annual basis. We are subject to foreign currency exchange risk with respect to cash balances maintained in foreign currencies. 
 
47

 
Table of Contents
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 	    	49 	
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 	 	50 	
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 	 	51 	
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 	 	52 	
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 	 	53 	
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 	 	54 	
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 	 	55 	

 

 
48

 
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
MetroPark, New Jersey
February 25, 2015
49

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands)

 	December 31,	 	
 	2014	 	2013	 	
ASSETS	 	
Current assets:	  	 	    	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	$	235,967 	 	$	63,512 	 	
Marketable securities	 	51,097 	 	 	9,105 	 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $88 and $237 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively	 	118,371 	 	 	64,933 	 	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	 	35,023 	 	 	19,451 	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	1,475 	 	 	4,626 	 	
Total current assets	 	441,933 	 	 	161,627 	 	
Marketable securities	 	3,313 	 	 	4,988 	 	
Property and equipment, net	 	151,171 	 	 	106,106 	 	
Goodwill	 	147,135 	 	 	137,743 	 	
Intangible assets, net	 	99,489 	 	 	101,963 	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	1,232 	 	 	4,210 	 	
Other assets	 	18,549 	 	 	10,382 	 	
Total assets	$	862,822 	 	$	527,019 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	$	25,059 	 	$	9,528 	 	
Accrued expenses	 	42,657 	 	 	37,919 	 	
Deferred revenues	 	11,897 	 	 	15,372 	 	
Contingent consideration obligation	 	8,022 	 	 	22 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	87,635 	 	 	62,841 	 	
Lease financing obligation - long-term	 	9,204 	 	 	9,252 	 	
Contingent consideration obligation - long-term	 	 —	 	 	4,468 	 	
Convertible debt	 	230,000 	 	 	 —	 	
Deferred tax liability	 	3,698 	 	 	 —	 	
Other liabilities	 	3,178 	 	 	2,819 	 	
Stockholders’ equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2013	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000 shares authorized, 46,444 and 44,456 shares issued; 42,711 and 40,663 outstanding at  December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively	 	4 	 	 	4 	 	
Treasury stock, at cost (3,733 and 3,793 shares at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)	 	(66,336)	 	 	(67,104)	 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	454,740 	 	 	393,644 	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	(20,014)	 	 	(723)	 	
Retained earnings	 	160,713 	 	 	121,818 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity	 	529,107 	 	 	447,639 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity	$	862,822 	 	$	527,019 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
50

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(In thousands, except per share data)

 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	2014	 	2013	 	2012	
 	    	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	
Net revenues	$	457,314 	 	$	349,047 	 	$	273,692 	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of services*	 	184,414 	 	 	146,238 	 	 	115,670 	
Research and development	 	73,620 	 	 	64,845 	 	 	52,307 	
Selling, general and administrative	 	79,227 	 	 	62,096 	 	 	46,680 	
Net change in contingent consideration obligation	 	1,799 	 	 	(5,324)	 	 	(6,235)	
Restructuring charges	 	 —	 	 	5,172 	 	 	 —	
Depreciation and amortization	 	55,956 	 	 	41,126 	 	 	23,812 	
Total costs and expenses	 	395,016 	 	 	314,153 	 	 	232,234 	
Income from operations	 	62,298 	 	 	34,894 	 	 	41,458 	
Interest income	 	838 	 	 	557 	 	 	1,315 	
Interest expense	 	(3,003)	 	 	(1,089)	 	 	(998)	
Other income	 	441 	 	 	217 	 	 	889 	
Income before income tax expense	 	60,574 	 	 	34,579 	 	 	42,664 	
Income tax expense	 	(21,679)	 	 	(11,228)	 	 	(15,581)	
Net income	$	38,895 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	
Net income per common share:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic †	$	0.96 	 	$	0.60 	 	$	0.71 	
Diluted †	$	0.92 	 	$	0.58 	 	$	0.69 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic †	 	40,418 	 	 	38,891 	 	 	38,195 	
Diluted †	 	43,297 	 	 	40,009 	 	 	39,126 	

*Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization which is shown separately.
†See notes to financial statement footnote 2.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
51

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(In thousands)

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	38,895 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	 	 	(12,849)	 	 	(3,779)	 	 	211 	
Unrealized (loss) income on securities, (net of tax)	 	 	(166)	 	 	2 	 	 	123 	
Net (loss) gain on intra-entity foreign currency transactions	 	 	(6,276)	 	 	3,419 	 	 	 —	
Total other comprehensive (loss) income	 	 	(19,291)	 	 	(358)	 	 	334 	
Total comprehensive income	 	$	19,604 	 	$	22,993 	 	$	27,417 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 
 
52

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands)

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Additional	 	Other	 	 	 	 	Total	
 	 	Common Stock	 	Treasury Stock	 	Paid-In	 	Comprehensive	 	Retained	 	Stockholders'	
 	    	Shares	    	Amount	    	Shares	    	Amount	    	Capital	    	Income (Loss)	    	Earnings	    	Equity	
Balance at December 31, 2011	.	41,063 	 	$	4 	 	(2,669)	 	$	(43,712)	 	$	307,586 	 	$	(699)	 	$	71,384 	 	$	334,563 	
Stock based compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	10,186 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	10,186 	
Issuance of restricted stock	.	760 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	9,782 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	9,782 	
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options	.	634 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	7,949 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	7,949 	
Issuance of common stock related to acquisition	.	76 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,386 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,386 	
ESPP compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	457 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	457 	
Repurchase of treasury stock	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	(1,223)	 	 	(24,615)	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(24,615)	
Sale of Treasury Stock in connection with an employee stock purchase plan	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	33 	 	 	409 	 	 	203 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	612 	
Comprehensive income:	.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	27,083 	 	 	27,083 	
Foreign currency translation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	211 	 	 	 —	 	 	211 	
Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities, net of tax benefits of $82	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	123 	 	 	 —	 	 	123 	
Total comprehensive income	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	27,417 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercise	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	6,920 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	6,920 	
Balance at December 31, 2012	.	42,533 	 	$	4 	 	(3,859)	 	$	(67,918)	 	$	344,469 	 	$	(365)	 	$	98,467 	 	$	374,657 	
Stock based compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	10,035 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	10,035 	
Issuance of restricted stock	.	734 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	14,539 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	14,539 	
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options	.	1,156 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	19,196 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	19,196 	
Issuance of common stock related to acquisition	.	33 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,144 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,144 	
ESPP compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	640 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	640 	
Sale of Treasury Stock in connection with an employee stock purchase plan	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	66 	 	 	814 	 	 	660 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,474 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	23,351 	 	 	23,351 	
Foreign currency translation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(3,779)	 	 	 —	 	 	(3,779)	
Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities, net of tax benefits of $2	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	2 	 	 	 —	 	 	2 	
Net gain (loss) on intra-entity foreign currency transactions	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	3,419 	 	 	 —	 	 	3,419 	
Total comprehensive income	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	22,993 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercise	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	2,961 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	2,961 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	.	44,456 	 	$	4 	 	(3,793)	 	$	(67,104)	 	$	393,644 	 	$	(723)	 	$	121,818 	 	$	447,639 	
Stock based compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	9,992 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	9,992 	
Issuance of restricted stock	.	765 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	18,353 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	18,353 	
Issuance of common stock on exercise of options	.	1,223 	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	30,003 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	30,003 	
ESPP compensation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	642 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	642 	
Sale of Treasury Stock in connection with an employee stock purchase plan	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	60 	 	 	768 	 	 	909 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,677 	
Comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	38,895 	 	 	38,895 	
Foreign currency translation	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(12,849)	 	 	 —	 	 	(12,849)	
Unrealized loss on investments in marketable securities, net of tax benefits of $18	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(166)	 	 	 —	 	 	(166)	
Net gain (loss) on intra-entity foreign currency transactions	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(6,276)	 	 	 —	 	 	(6,276)	
Total comprehensive income	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	19,604 	
Tax benefit from stock option exercise	.	 —	 	 	 —	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,197 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	1,197 	
Balance at December 31, 2014	.	46,444 	 	$	4 	 	(3,733)	 	$	(66,336)	 	$	454,740 	 	$	(20,014)	 	$	160,713 	 	$	529,107 	
53

 
Table of Contents
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	
Operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	38,895 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	55,956 	 	 	41,126 	 	 	23,812 	
Amortization of debt issuance costs	 	 	618 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Loss on disposal of asset	 	 	33 	 	 	 —	 	 	230 	
Amortization of bond premium	 	 	384 	 	 	294 	 	 	1,216 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	3,207 	 	 	1,575 	 	 	1,475 	
Non-cash interest on leased facility	 	 	946 	 	 	921 	 	 	921 	
Stock-based compensation	 	 	28,987 	 	 	25,214 	 	 	20,425 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts	 	 	(50,924)	 	 	10,167 	 	 	(11,611)	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	(14,660)	 	 	8,022 	 	 	8,129 	
Other assets	 	 	(1,930)	 	 	(7,376)	 	 	(496)	
Accounts payable	 	 	4,169 	 	 	348 	 	 	(1,915)	
Accrued expenses	 	 	1,263 	 	 	(7,155)	 	 	1,284 	
Contingent consideration obligation	 	 	3,532 	 	 	(6,214)	 	 	(8,211)	
Excess tax benefit from the exercise of stock options	 	 	(1,203)	 	 	(2,961)	 	 	(6,920)	
Other liabilities	 	 	5,825 	 	 	(320)	 	 	(497)	
Deferred revenues	 	 	(4,119)	 	 	(5,900)	 	 	949 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	70,979 	 	 	81,092 	 	 	55,874 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Purchases of fixed assets	 	 	(73,885)	 	 	(73,434)	 	 	(33,234)	
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Proceeds from insurance claim	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Purchases of marketable securities available-for-sale	 	 	(50,275)	 	 	(8,366)	 	 	(13,146)	
Sales and maturities of marketable securities available-for-sale	 	 	9,265 	 	 	14,825 	 	 	74,334 	
Business acquired, net of cash	 	 	(38,085)	 	 	(6,677)	 	 	(105,177)	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(152,980)	 	 	(73,652)	 	 	(77,223)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options	 	 	30,003 	 	 	19,196 	 	 	7,949 	
Payments on contingent consideration obligation	 	 	 —	 	 	(1,926)	 	 	(2,268)	
Debt issuance costs related to convertible notes	 	 	(7,065)	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes	 	 	230,000 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Borrowings on revolving line of credit	 	 	40,000 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Repayment of revolving line of credit	 	 	(40,000)	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Excess tax benefit from the exercise of stock option	 	 	1,203 	 	 	2,961 	 	 	6,920 	
Repurchase of common stock	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(24,615)	
Proceeds from the sale of Treasury Stock in connection with an employee stock purchase plan	 	 	1,677 	 	 	1,474 	 	 	612 	
Repayments of capital obligations	 	 	(1,515)	 	 	(1,597)	 	 	(1,015)	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	 	254,303 	 	 	20,108 	 	 	(12,417)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	153 	 	 	(64)	 	 	364 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	172,455 	 	 	27,484 	 	 	(33,402)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	 	 	63,512 	 	 	36,028 	 	 	69,430 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	 	$	235,967 	 	$	63,512 	 	$	36,028 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash paid for interest	 	$	2,290 	 	$	168 	 	$	77 	
Cash paid for income taxes	 	$	19,342 	 	$	1,773 	 	$	3,396 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition	 	$	 —	 	$	1,144 	 	$	1,386 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

54

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
1. Description of Business
 
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the “Company” or “Synchronoss”) is a mobile innovation company that provides software-based cloud and activation solutions for connected devices to enterprise customers on a global scale.  The Company’s software creates innovative consumer and enterprise solutions that drive billions of transactions on a wide range of connected devices across the world’s leading networks. The Company’s solutions include: intelligent connectivity management and content synchronization, backup and sharing service procurement, provisioning, activation, and support that enable communications service providers (CSPs), cable operators/multi-services operators (MSOs), original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) with embedded connectivity (e.g. smartphones, laptops, tablets and mobile Internet devices, such as automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes), multi-channel retailers and other customers to accelerate and monetize value-add services for connected devices. This includes automating subscriber activation, order management, upgrades, service provisioning and connectivity and content management from any sales channel to any communication service (wireless or wireline), across any connected device type and managing the content transfer, synchronization and share.
 
The Company’s Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ platform is specifically designed to power the activation of the devices and technologies that seamlessly connect today’s consumer and leverage the Company’s cloud assets to manage these devices and content associated with them.  Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platform focuses on providing a secure, integrated file sharing and collaboration solution for small and medium businesses. The Company’s consumer and small business platforms and solutions enable Synchronoss to drive a natural extension of the Company’s mobile activations and cloud services with leading wireless networks around the world to link other non-traditional devices (i.e., automobiles, wearables for personal health and wellness, and connected homes).
 
The Company’s Activation Services, Synchronoss Personal Cloud™ and Synchronoss WorkSpace™ platforms provide end-to-end seamless integration between customer-facing channels/applications, communication services or devices and “back-office” infrastructure-related systems and processes. The Company’s customers rely on the Company’s solutions and technology to automate the process of activation and content and settings management for their subscriber’s devices while delivering additional communication services. The Company’s Integrated Life™ platform brings together the capabilities of device/service activation with content and settings management to provide a seamless experience of activating and managing both traditional and non-traditional devices. The Company’s platforms also support automated customer care processes through use of accurate and effective speech processing technology and enable the Company’s customers to offer their subscribers the ability to store in and retrieve from the Cloud their personal and work content and data which resides on their connected mobile devices, such as personal computers, smartphones and tablets.  The Company’s platforms are designed to be carrier-grade, highly available, flexible and scalable to enable multiple converged communication services to be managed across multiple distribution channels including e-commerce, m-commerce, telesales, customer stores, indirect and other retail outlets allowing the Company to meet the rapidly changing and converging services and connected devices offered by the Company’s customers. Synchronoss enables its customers to acquire, retain and service subscribers quickly, reliably and cost-effectively by enabling backup, restore, synchronization and sharing of subscriber content.  Through the use of the Company’s platforms, the Company’s customers can simplify the processes associated with managing the customer experience for procuring, activating, connecting, backing-up, synchronizing and social media and enterprise-wide sharing/collaboration with connected devices and contents from these devices and associated services.  The extensibility, scalability, reliability and relevance of the Company’s platforms enable new revenue streams and retention opportunities for the Company’s customers through new subscriber acquisitions, sale of new devices, accessories and new value-added service offerings in the Cloud, while optimizing their cost of operations and enhancing customer experience. The Company currently operates in and markets its solutions and services directly through the Company’s sales organizations in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific.
 
55

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The Company’s industry-leading customers include Tier 1 mobile service providers such as AT&T Inc., Verizon Wireless, Vodafone, Orange, Sprint, Telstra and U.S. Cellular, Tier 1 cable operators/MSOs and wireline operators like AT&T Inc., Comcast, Cablevision, Charter, CenturyLink, Mediacom and Level 3 Communications and large OEMs such as Apple and Ericsson.  These customers utilize the Company’s platforms, technology and services to service both consumer and business customers.
 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
 
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly‑owned subsidiaries. All material intercompany transactions and accounts are eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue
 
The Company provides services principally on a transactional or subscription basis or, at times, on a fixed fee basis and recognizes the revenues as the services are performed or delivered as described below:
 
Transactional and Subscription Service Arrangements:  Transaction and subscription revenues consist of revenues derived from the processing of transactions through the Company’s service platforms, providing enterprise portal management services on a subscription basis and maintenance agreements on software licenses. Transaction service arrangements include services such as processing equipment orders, new account set‑up and activation, number port requests, credit checks and inventory management. Subscription services include hosting and storage and the related maintenance support for those services.
 
Transaction revenues are principally based on a contractual price per transaction and are recognized based on the number of transactions processed during each reporting period. Revenues are recorded based on the total number of transactions processed at the applicable price established in the relevant contract. The total amount of revenues recognized is based primarily on the volume of transactions. Subscription revenues are recorded on a straight‑line basis over the life of the contract for subscription services and maintenance agreements.
 
Many of the Company’s contracts guarantee minimum volume transactions from the customer. In these instances, if the customer’s total transaction volume for the period is less than the contractual amount, the Company records revenues at the minimum guaranteed amount. At times, transaction revenues may also include billings to customers that reimburse the Company based on the number of individuals dedicated to processing transactions. Set‑up fees for transactional service arrangements are deferred and recognized on a straight‑line basis over the life of the contract since these amounts would not have been paid by the customer without the related transactional service arrangement. Revenues are presented net of discounts, which are volume level driven, or credits, which are performance driven, and are determined in the period in which the volume thresholds are met or the services are provided.
 
56

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
Professional Service and Software License Arrangements:  Professional services include process and workflow consulting services and development services. Professional services, when sold with non‑software transactional or subscription service arrangements, are accounted for separately when the professional services have value to the customer on a standalone basis. Professional services, when sold with software transactional or subscription service arrangements are accounted for separately when the professional services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the professional services. When accounted for separately, professional service revenues are recognized as services are performed and all other elements of revenue recognition have been satisfied.
 
In determining whether professional service revenues can be accounted for separately from transaction or subscription service revenues, the Company considers the following factors for each professional services agreement: availability of the professional services from other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists of the undelivered elements, the nature of the professional services, the timing of when the professional services contract was signed in comparison to the transaction or subscription service start date and the contractual independence of the transactional or subscription service from the professional services.
 
If a professional service arrangement were not to qualify for separate accounting, the Company would recognize the professional service revenues ratably over the remaining term of the transaction or subscription agreement.
 
Revenue from software license arrangements is recognized when the license is delivered to its customers and all of the software revenue recognition criteria are met. When software arrangements include multiple elements, the arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception to all deliverables using the residual method providing the Company has vendor specific objective evidence (VSOE) on all undelivered elements. The Company determines VSOE for each element based on historical stand‑alone sales to third parties. When sold with non‑software transaction or subscription service arrangements, the arrangement consideration is allocated at the inception of an arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The relative selling price method allocates any discount in the arrangement proportionally to each deliverable on the basis of each deliverable’s selling price. The selling price used for each deliverable will be based on VSOE if available, third‑party evidence (TPE) if vendor‑specific objective evidence is not available, or estimated selling price (ESP) if neither vendor‑specific objective evidence nor third‑party evidence is available. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which the Company would transact a sale if the product or service were sold on a stand‑alone basis. The Company determines ESP by considering multiple factors including, but not limited to, geographies, market conditions, competitive landscape, internal costs, gross margin objectives, and pricing practices. ESP is generally used for offerings that are not typically sold on a stand‑alone basis or for new or highly customized offerings.
 
While the Company follows specific and detailed rules and guidelines related to revenue recognition, it makes and uses management judgments and estimates in connection with the revenue recognized in any reporting period, particularly in the areas described above, as well as collectability. If management made different estimates or judgments, differences in the timing of the recognition of revenue could occur.
 
Deferred Revenue:  Deferred revenues primarily represent billings to customers for services in advance of the performance of services, with revenues recognized as the services are rendered, and also includes the fair value of deferred revenues recorded as a result of acquisitions.
 
Service Level Standards
 
Pursuant to certain contracts, the Company is subject to service level standards and to corresponding penalties for failure to meet those standards. All performance‑related penalties are reflected as a corresponding reduction of the Company’s revenues. These penalties, if applicable, are recorded in the month incurred and were insignificant for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
57

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and accounts receivable. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at several major financial institutions. The Company has not experienced any realized losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash, cash equivalents and securities. The Company’s cash equivalents and short‑term marketable securities consist primarily of money market funds, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and municipal and corporate bonds. The Company believes that concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited because of the creditworthiness of the Company’s major customers.
 
AT&T and Verizon Wireless in the aggregate accounted for 73%,  66% and 67% of net revenues for 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. AT&T and Verizon accounted for 68% and 64% of accounts receivable at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The loss of either AT&T or Verizon as a customer would have a material negative impact on the Company. The Company believes that if either AT&T or Verizon terminated their relationships with Synchronoss, AT&T and Verizon would encounter substantial costs in replacing Synchronoss’ solutions.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments and Liabilities
 
The Company includes disclosures of fair value information about financial instruments and liabilities, whether or not recognized on the balance sheet, for which it is practicable to estimate that value. Due to their short‑term nature, the carrying amounts reported in the financial statements approximate the fair value for cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, accounts receivable and accounts payable.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less at the date of acquisition to be cash equivalents.
 
Marketable Securities
 
Marketable securities consist of fixed income investments with a maturity of greater than three months and enhanced money market funds. These investments are classified as available‑for‑sale and are reported at fair value on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company classifies its securities with maturity dates of 12 months or more as long term. Unrealized holding gains and losses are reported within accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. If a decline in the fair value of a marketable security below the Company’s cost basis is determined to be other than temporary, such marketable security is written down to its estimated fair value as a new cost basis and the amount of the write‑down is included in earnings as an impairment charge. The Company has recorded temporary changes in fair value of the marketable securities but has not recorded other‑than‑temporary charges for the periods presented herein.
 
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable consist of amounts due to the Company from normal business activities. The Company maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. The Company estimates uncollectible amounts based upon historical bad debts, current customer receivable balances, the age of customer receivable balances, the customer’s financial condition and current economic trends.
 
58

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 3 to 5 years, or the lesser of the related initial term of the lease or useful life for leasehold improvements. Amortization of property and equipment recorded under a capital lease is included with depreciation expense. Expenditures for routine maintenance and repairs are charged against operations. Major replacements, improvements and additions are capitalized.
 
In connection with the Company’s ongoing review of the estimated remaining average useful lives of plant, property and equipment, the Company determined that the actual lives of certain data center equipment were longer than the estimated useful lives used for depreciation purposes in the Company’s financial statements. As a result, effective October 1, 2014, the Company changed its estimates of the useful lives of its data center equipment to better reflect the estimated period during which these assets will remain in service and economically viable. The estimated useful lives of the data center equipment that previously averaged three years were increased to five years. The effect of the change in estimate reduced the 2014 depreciation expense by $3.6 million, increased net income by $2.3 million and increased basic and diluted earnings per share by $.06 and $.05, respectively.
 
Business Combinations
 
The Company accounts for business combinations in accordance with the acquisition method. The acquisition method of accounting requires that assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recorded at their fair values on the date of a business acquisition. The Company’s consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business from the completion date of an acquisition.
 
The judgments that the Company makes in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net income in periods following a business combination. The Company generally uses either the income, cost or market approach to aid in its conclusions of such fair values and asset lives. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates value based on what other participants in the market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset and the availability of information.
 
The Company records contingent consideration resulting from a business combination at its fair value on the acquisition date. Each reporting period thereafter, the Company revalues these obligations and records increases or decreases in their fair value as an adjustment to net change in contingent consideration obligation within the consolidated statement of income. Changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation can result from updates in the achievement of financial targets and changes to the weighted probability of achieving those future financial targets. Significant judgment is employed in determining the appropriateness of these assumptions as of the acquisition date and for each subsequent period. Accordingly, any change in the assumptions described above, could have a material impact on the amount of the net change in contingent consideration obligation that the Company records in any given period.
 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
 
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired, including other definite‑lived intangible assets. Goodwill is not amortized, but reviewed annually for impairment or upon the occurrence of events or changes in circumstances that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying amount. There were no impairment charges recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
59

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
 
Intangible assets that do not have indefinite lives (primarily technology and customer relationships) are amortized over their useful lives. All intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The Company reevaluates the useful life determinations for these intangible assets each year to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision in their remaining useful lives.
 
Impairment of Long‑Lived Assets
 
A review of long‑lived assets for impairment is performed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets may not be recoverable. If an indication of impairment is present, the Company compares the estimated undiscounted future cash flows to be generated by the asset to the asset’s carrying amount. If the undiscounted future cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company records an impairment loss equal to the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. The fair value is determined based on valuation techniques such as a comparison to fair values of similar assets or using a discounted cash flow analysis. There were no impairment charges recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services includes all direct materials, direct labor and those indirect costs related to revenues such as indirect labor, materials and supplies and facilities cost, exclusive of depreciation expense.
 
Research and Development
 
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, unless they meet U.S. GAAP criteria for deferral and amortization. Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility do not meet these criteria, and are expensed as incurred. Amortization of software development costs is computed using the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, 3 and 5 years. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had $6.1 million of unamortized software development costs and $837 thousand of amortization expense which was recognized during 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had $1.8 million of unamortized software development costs and $1.2 million of amortization expense which was recognized during 2013. As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $2.0 million of unamortized software development costs and $1.3 million of amortization expense which was recognized during 2012. Research and development expense consists primarily of costs related to personnel, including salaries and other personnel‑related expenses, consulting fees and the cost of facilities, computer and support services used in service technology development. The Company also expenses costs relating to developing modifications and minor enhancements of its existing technology and services.
 
Income Taxes
 
Since the Company conducts operations on a global basis, its effective tax rate has and will depend upon the geographic distribution of its pre‑tax earnings among locations with varying tax rates. The Company accounts for the effects of income taxes that result from its activities during the current and preceding years. Under this method, deferred income tax liabilities and assets are based on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse or be utilized. The realization of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the generation of future taxable income. A valuation allowance is recorded if it is “more likely than not” that a portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
 
60

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover their deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results adjusted for the results of discontinued operations and incorporates assumptions about the amount of future state, federal, and foreign pretax operating income adjusted for items that do not have tax consequences. The assumptions about future taxable income require significant judgment and are consistent with the plans and estimates the Company is using to manage the underlying businesses. In evaluating the objective evidence that historical results provide, the Company considers three years of cumulative operating income (loss).
 
The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based on the technical merits of the position. The amount of the accrual for which an exposure exists is measured by determining the amount that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon the settlement of the position. Components of the reserve are classified as a current or a long‑term liability in the consolidated balance sheets based on when the Company expects each of the items to be settled. The Company records interest and penalties accrued in relation to uncertain tax benefits as a component of interest expense. The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change during 2014; however, the Company does not expect the change to have a significant impact on its results of operations or financial position.
 
While the Company believes it has identified all reasonably identifiable exposures and that the reserve that the Company has established for identifiable exposures is appropriate under the circumstances, it is possible that additional exposures exist and that exposures may be settled at amounts different than the amounts reserved. It is also possible that changes in facts and circumstances could cause the Company to either materially increase or reduce the carrying amount of its tax reserves. In general, tax returns for the year 2010 and thereafter are subject to future examination by tax authorities.
 
The Company’s policy has been to leave its cumulative unremitted foreign earnings invested indefinitely outside the United States, and the Company intends to continue this policy. As such, taxes have not been provided on any of the remaining accumulated foreign unremitted earnings. If the cumulative unremitted foreign earnings exceed the amount the Company intends to reinvest in foreign countries in the future, the Company would provide for taxes on such excess amount.
 
Foreign Currency
 
Prior to the third quarter of 2013, several of the Company’s subsidiaries that operate outside the U.S. used the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. Effective July 1, 2013, the Company changed the functional currencies of those subsidiaries that operate outside the U.S. to their local currency. This change was the result of a change in the Company’s international operations and economic strategies driven by the implementation of a global financial system that has allowed the Company’s foreign operations to become self‑contained and integrated within their resident countries and to the local currency.
 
The functional currency is translated into U.S. dollars for balance sheet accounts using the month end rates in effect as of the balance sheet date and average exchange rate for revenue and expense accounts for each respective period. The translation adjustments are deferred as a separate component of stockholders’ equity within accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains or losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are included in other income or expense, within the consolidated statements of income. The effects of the change in functional currency were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all years presented.
61

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
 
Comprehensive Income
 
Reporting on comprehensive income requires components of other comprehensive income, including unrealized gains or losses on available‑for‑sale securities, to be included as part of total comprehensive income. Comprehensive income is comprised of net income, translation adjustments and unrealized gains and losses on available‑for‑sale securities. The components of comprehensive income are included in the statements of comprehensive income.
 
Basic and Diluted Net Income Attributable to Common Stockholders per Common Share
 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period.
 
The diluted earnings per share calculation is based on the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding adjusted for the number of additional shares that would have been outstanding had all potentially dilutive common shares been issued.
 
Potentially dilutive shares of common stock include stock options, convertible debt and unvested share awards. The dilutive effects of stock options and restricted stock awards are based on the treasury stock method. The dilutive effect of the assumed conversion of convertible debt is determined using the if-converted method. The after-tax effect of interest expense related to the convertible securities is added back to net income, and the convertible debt is assumed to have been converted into common shares at the beginning of the period.
 
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in computing basic and diluted net income attributable to common stockholders per common share. Stock options that are anti‑dilutive and excluded from the following table totaled 1.1 million,  1.4 million and 1.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	
 	    	       2014       	    	      2013       	    	       2012       	
Numerator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to common stockholders	 	$	38,895 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	
Income effect for interest on convertible debt, net of tax	 	 	754 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Net income applicable to shares of common stock for earnings per share	 	$	39,649 	 	$	23,351 	 	$	27,083 	
Denominator:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — basic	 	 	40,418 	 	 	38,891 	 	 	38,195 	
Dilutive effect of:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Shares from assumed conversion of convertible debt	 	 	1,682 	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	
Options and unvested restricted shares	 	 	1,197 	 	 	1,118 	 	 	931 	
Weighted-average common shares outstanding — diluted	 	 	43,297 	 	 	40,009 	 	 	39,126 	
 
Stock‑Based Compensation
 
As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintains three stock‑based compensation plans. The Company utilizes the Black‑Scholes pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the dates of grant. Restricted stock awards are measured based on the fair market values of the underlying stock on the dates of grant, unless the awards are subject to market conditions, in which case the Company uses a binomial‑lattice model (e.g., Monte Carlo simulation model). The Monte Carlo simulation model utilizes multiple input variables to estimate the probability that market conditions
62

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
will be achieved. The Company recognizes stock‑based compensation over the requisite service period with an offsetting credit to additional paid‑in capital.
 
For the Company’s performance restricted stock awards the Company estimates the number of shares the recipient is to receive by applying a probability of achieving the performance goals. The actual number of shares the recipient receives is determined at the end of the annual performance period based on the results achieved versus goals based on its annual performance targets, such as operating income. Once the number of awards is determined, the compensation cost is fixed and continues to be recognized using the accelerated attribution recognition over the requisite service period for each vesting tranche.
 
The Company classifies benefits of tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized (excess tax benefits) as a financing cash inflow with a corresponding operating cash outflow. The Company included $1.2 million, $3.0 million and $6.9 million of excess tax benefits as a financing cash inflow for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
 
Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
In November 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-17  Business Combinations  (Topic 805),  Pushdown Accounting . The amendment provides that acquired entities have the option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of an acquired entity. The acquired entity will have the option to elect to apply pushdown accounting in a subsequent reporting period and would be treated as a change in accounting principle. Additional disclosures are required to enable the users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect of pushdown accounting. The standard was adopted on November 18, 2014 and did not have an impact on the Company’s current period consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
 
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-15 Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern .  Management of public and private companies will be required to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the financial statements are issued (or available to be issued when applicable) and, if so, disclose that fact. Management will be required to make this evaluation for both annual and interim reporting periods, if applicable. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016 and interim periods ending after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is permitted for annual or interim reporting periods for which the financial statements have not previously been issued. The Company does not expect adoption of this ASU to significantly impact its consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2014, the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) (collectively, the “Boards”) jointly issued a comprehensive new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP and IFRS. The standard’s core principle (issued as ASU 2014-09 by the FASB and as IFRS 15 by the IASB), is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. These may include identifying performance obligations in the contract, estimating the amount of variable consideration to include in the transaction price and allocating the transaction price to each separate performance obligation. The new guidance must be adopted using either a full retrospective approach for all periods presented in the period of adoption or a modified retrospective approach. The effective date is fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the methods of adoption and the impact that ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
63

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
Segment and Geographic Information
 
The Company’s chief operating decision‑maker is the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, assessing financial performance and allocating resources. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it currently operates in one business segment: providing cloud solutions and software‑based activation for connected devices globally. The Company is not organized by market and is managed and operated as one business. A single management team reports to the chief operating decision maker who comprehensively manages the entire business. The Company does not operate any separate lines of business or separate business entities with respect to its services. Accordingly, the Company does not accumulate a complete set of discrete financial information with respect to separate service lines and does not have separately reportable segments. Although the Company operates in North America, Europe and Asia‑Pacific a majority of the Company’s revenue and long lived assets are in the U.S.
 
Revenues by geography are based on the billing addresses of the Company’s customers. The following tables set forth revenues and property and equipment, net by geographic area:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	  	
Revenues	    	 	 	    	 	 	    	 	 	 	
Domestic	 	$	405,235 	 	$	309,322 	 	$	252,292 	 	
Foreign	 	 	52,079 	 	 	39,725 	 	 	21,400 	 	
Total	 	$	457,314 	 	$	349,047 	 	$	273,692 	 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	  	
Property and equipment, net:	    	 	            	    	 	 	 	
Domestic	 	$	141,944 	 	$	96,558 	 	
Foreign	 	 	9,227 	 	 	9,548 	 	
Total	 	$	151,171 	 	$	106,106 	 	

 
 
64

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
3. Acquisition
 
Voxmobili SA (“Vox”) 
 
On July 11, 2014, the Company acquired all outstanding shares of Vox, a French company, for $25.1 million, net of cash acquired and liabilities assumed, subject to certain working capital adjustments. The Company believes that this acquisition will further enable its position as the leading provider of personal cloud solutions to the world’s largest mobile operators.
 
Management determined the preliminary fair value of the net assets acquired during the third quarter of 2014 as follows:

 	 	Preliminary	 	 	
 	 	Purchase Price	 	 	
 	 	Allocation	 	 	
Cash	 	$	1,414 	 	 	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	 	 	220 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	3,750 	 	 	
Intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	Wtd. Avg.	
Technology	 	 	4,900 	 	5 years	
Customer relationships	 	 	5,000 	 	5 years	
Goodwill	 	 	17,188 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	 	 	32,472 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	2,118 	 	 	
Deferred revenues	 	 	457 	 	 	
Deferred taxes	 	 	3,338 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	 	$	26,559 	 	 	
 
The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition is based on operating synergies and other benefits expected to result from the combined operations and the assembled workforce acquired. The goodwill acquired will not be deductible for tax purposes.
 
Clarity OSS Limited (“Clarity”) 
 
On July 2, 2014, the Company acquired certain assets, liabilities and workforce from Clarity, an Australian company, for cash consideration of $6.6 million net of liabilities assumed. The Company believes that the assets and customer contracts acquired from Clarity will assist the Company’s access to new markets in the Asia Pacific region.
 
The Company accounted for this business combination by applying the acquisition method and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible assets and liabilities, approximately $372 thousand, was recorded as goodwill, which represents the assembled workforce acquired, with the remaining preliminary purchase price attributed to technology and customer relationships. The goodwill is not tax deductible.
 
Digi-Data Corporation (“Digi-Data”) 
 
On May 12, 2014, the Company acquired certain assets and workforce from Digi-Data, a U.S. company, for total consideration of $6.3 million. The Company believes that the assets and workforce acquired from Digi-Data will expedite the Company’s integration of broadband technologies into the Company’s wireless cloud offerings.
 
65

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The Company accounted for this business combination by applying the acquisition method and accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the net tangible assets and liabilities, approximately $3.1 million, was recorded as goodwill, which is not tax deductible, with the remaining preliminary purchase price attributed to technology and customer relationships. 
 
Strumsoft, Inc. ("Strumsoft")
 
On November 6, 2013, the Company acquired 100% of the capital stock of Strumsoft (USA), Inc., a California corporation and Strumsoft (India) Pvt. Ltd., an India company for total cash consideration of $11.0 million and issued approximately 33 thousand shares of the Company's Common Stock. The total cash consideration was comprised of $10.2 million for the purchase of all the shares of Strumsoft and $774 thousand for the estimated surplus working capital on the date of purchase. The 33 thousand shares of the Company's Common Stock were valued at approximately $1.1 million based on the Company's November 6, 2013 closing stock price per shares. In addition, the Company may make payments ("Strumsoft Earn-out") totaling up to approximately $6.0 million based on the ability to achieve a range of business objectives for the period from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014. The maximum that could be paid to existing employees of Strumsoft is $2.0 million and actual amounts will be recorded as compensation expense over the service period. Strumsoft is engaged in the business of providing consultancy services for software development and data processing.
 
The Company believes that Strumsoft will help strengthen its user design and messaging development and augment the Company's cloud services offerings and mobile development. In addition, the acquisition of Strumsoft is expected to help increase the Company's penetration of its domestic customer base.
 
As of December 31, 2014 all of the business objectives for the Strumsoft Earn-out have been met and accordingly the Company recorded $8 million on the balance sheet related to the Strumsoft Earn-out. The $8 million was subsequently paid on February 20, 2015.  
 
The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date:

 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Purchase Price	 	 	
 	 	Allocation	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	4,284 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	115 	 	 	
Prepaid expenses and other assets	 	 	129 	 	 	
Intangible assets:	 	 	 	 	Wtd. Avg.	
Tradename	 	 	102 	 	2 years	
Order Backlog	 	 	918 	 	2 months	
Customer Relationship	 	 	3,663 	 	3 years	
Property and equipment	 	 	62 	 	 	
Goodwill	 	 	12,381 	 	 	
Total assets acquired	 	 	21,654 	 	 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	3,603 	 	 	
Deferred tax liability	 	 	1,746 	 	 	
Net assets acquired	 	$	16,305 	 	 	
 
66

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The goodwill recorded in connection with this acquisition is based on (i) the expertise in cloud computing held by key leaders of Strumsoft, and (ii) intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition such as Strumsoft's assembled workforce. The goodwill acquired will not be deductible for tax purposes. The results of Strumsoft's operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. Pro forma results of operations for the acquisition have not been presented because the effects of the acquisition were not material to the Company's prior financial statements.
 
Acquisition‑related Costs
 
Acquisition‑related costs recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 including transaction costs such as employee retention, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional services, were $2.5 million,  $1.7 million, and $2.9 million respectively.
 
 4. Fair Value Measurements of Assets and Liabilities
 
The Company classifies marketable securities as available‑for‑sale. The fair value hierarchy established in the guidance adopted by the Company prioritizes the inputs used in valuation techniques into three levels as follows:
 
 	·	 	Level 1—Observable inputs—quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;	

 	·	 	Level 2—Observable inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities—includes quoted prices for similar instruments, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in inactive markets, and amounts derived from valuation models where all significant inputs are observable in active markets; and	

 	·	 	Level 3—Unobservable inputs—includes amounts derived from valuation models where one or more significant inputs are unobservable and require the Company to develop relevant assumptions.	
The following is a summary of assets and liabilities held by the Company and their related classifications under the fair value hierarchy at December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 	 	December 31,	
 	    	2014	    	2013	
Level 1 (A)	 	$	241,364 	 	$	68,911 	
Level 2 (B)	 	 	49,013 	 	 	8,694 	
Level 3 (C)	 	 	(8,022)	 	 	(4,490)	
Total	 	$	282,355 	 	$	73,115 	

 	(A)	 	Level 1 assets include money market funds and enhanced income money market funds which are classified as cash equivalents and marketable securities, respectively.	

 	(B)	 	Level 2 assets include certificates of deposit, municipal bonds, commercial papers and corporate bonds which are classified as marketable securities.	

 	(C)	 	Level 3 liabilities include the contingent consideration obligation.	
 
67

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The Company utilizes the market approach to measure fair value for its financial assets. The market approach uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets. The Company’s marketable securities investments classified as Level 2 primarily utilize broker quotes in a non‑active market for valuation of these securities. No transfers of assets between Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value measurement hierarchy occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014.
 
The aggregate fair value of available for sale securities and aggregate amount of unrealized gains and losses for available for sale securities at December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Amount	 	
 	 	 	Aggregate	 	of Unrealized	 	
 	    	Fair Value	    	Gains	    	Losses	  	
Due in one year or less	 	$	51,097 	 	$	10 	 	$	(72)	 	
Due after one year, less than five years	 	 	3,313 	 	 	2 	 	 	(3)	 	
 	 	$	54,410 	 	$	12 	 	$	(75)	 	
 
The aggregate fair value of available for sale securities and aggregate amount of unrealized gains and losses for available for sale securities at December 31, 2013 were as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	Aggregate	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Amount	 	
 	 	 	Aggregate	 	of Unrealized	 	
 	    	Fair Value	    	Gains	    	Losses	  	
Due in one year or less	 	$	9,105 	 	$	5 	 	$	(32)	 	
Due after one year, less than five years	 	 	4,988 	 	 	11 	 	 	(2)	 	
 	 	$	14,093 	 	$	16 	 	$	(34)	 	
 
Unrealized gains and losses are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive loss in stockholders’ equity. The net unrealized (loss) gain net of tax was ($166) thousand and $2 thousand as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. There were no sales of marketable securities during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. The Company evaluates investments with unrealized losses to determine if the losses are other than temporary. The Company has determined that the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2014 and 2013 are temporary. In making this determination, the Company considered the financial condition, credit ratings and near‑term prospects of the issuers, the underlying collateral of the investments, and the magnitude of the losses as compared to the cost and the length of time the investments have been in an unrealized loss position. Additionally, while the Company classifies the securities as available for sale, the Company does not currently intend to sell such investments and it is more likely than not to recover the carrying value prior to being required to sell such investments.
 
The Company determined the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation based on a probability‑weighted income approach derived from quarterly revenue estimates and a probability assessment with respect to the likelihood of achieving the various performance criteria. The fair value measurement is based on significant inputs not observable in the market and thus represents a Level 3 measurement. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s contingent consideration obligation are the probabilities of achieving certain financial targets and contractual milestones. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those probabilities in isolation may result in a higher (lower) fair value measurement. No changes in valuation techniques occurred during the year ended December 31, 2014. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized a $1.8 million increase of the
68

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
contingent consideration obligation driven by the achievement of the quarterly and annual Strumsoft Inc. (“Strumsoft”) revenue milestones.
 
The changes in fair value of the Company’s Level 3 contingent consideration obligation during the year ended December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 	    	Level 3	  	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	4,490 	 	
Fair value adjustment to contingent consideration obligation included in net income	 	 	1,799 	 	
Earn-out compensation due to Strumsoft employees	 	 	1,733 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2014	 	$	8,022 	 	

5. Property and Equipment
 
Property and equipment consist of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	 	2013	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Computer hardware	 	$	134,328 	 	$	70,501 	 	
Computer software	 	 	28,661 	 	 	22,640 	 	
Construction in-progress	 	 	37,989 	 	 	30,440 	 	
Furniture and fixtures	 	 	3,669 	 	 	3,579 	 	
Building	 	 	8,808 	 	 	8,808 	 	
Leasehold improvements	 	 	11,533 	 	 	10,250 	 	
 	 	 	224,988 	 	 	146,218 	 	
Less: Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(73,817)	 	 	(40,112)	 	
 	 	$	151,171 	 	$	106,106 	 	
 
Depreciation expense was approximately $36.1 million, $24.6 million, and $14.5 million for 2014,  2013, and 2012, respectively. Amortization of property and equipment recorded under a capital lease is included with depreciation expense.
 
6. Accrued Expenses
 
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accrued compensation and benefits	 	$	23,480 	 	$	12,868 	 	
Accrued third party processing fees	 	 	 —	 	 	5,284 	 	
Accrued accounting fees	 	 	1,362 	 	 	1,296 	 	
Accrued consulting fees	 	 	5,169 	 	 	1,263 	 	
Accrued acquisition costs	 	 	 —	 	 	40 	 	
Accrued other	 	 	8,791 	 	 	14,520 	 	
Accrued income tax payable	 	 	3,855 	 	 	2,648 	 	
 	 	$	42,657 	 	$	37,919 	 	

 
 
69

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
7. Capital Structure
 
As of December 31, 2014, the Company’s authorized capital stock was 110 million shares of stock with a par value of $0.0001, of which 100 million shares were designated as common stock and 10 million shares were designated as preferred stock.
 
Common Stock
 
Each holder of common stock is entitled to vote on all matters and is entitled to one vote for each share held. Dividends on common stock will be paid when, and if, declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. No dividends have ever been declared or paid by the Company.
 
Preferred Stock
 
There are no shares of preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014 or 2013. The Board of Directors is authorized to issue preferred shares and has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences of preferred stock.
 
Registration Rights
 
Holders of shares of common stock which were issued upon conversion of the Company’s Series A preferred stock are entitled to have their shares registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Under the terms of an agreement between the Company and the holders of these securities which include registration rights, if the Company proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act, either for its own account or for the account of others, these stockholders are entitled to notice of such registration and are entitled to include their shares in such registration.
 
8. Stock Plans
 
As of December 31, 2014, the Company maintains three stock based incentive plans, the 2000 Stock Plan (the “2000 Plan”), the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2006 Plan”) and the 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) collectively, (the “Plans”). The Company reserved for issuance 5.1 million shares of common stock under the 2000 Plan, 13.0 million shares under the 2006 Plan, and 0 shares under the 2010 Plan.  The Company’s Board of Directors administers the Plans and is responsible for determining the individuals to be granted options or shares, the number of options or shares each individual will receive, the price per share and the exercise period of each option. As of December 31, 2014, there were 1.9 million shares available for grant or award under the Company’s Plans.
 
Under the 2000 Plan, the Company has the ability to provide employees, outside directors and consultants an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the success of the Company or to increase such interest by receiving options or purchasing shares of the Company’s stock at a price not less than the fair market value at the date of grant for incentive stock options and a price not less than 30% of the fair market value at the date of grant for non‑qualified options.
 
Under the 2006 Plan and 2010 Plan, the Company may grant to its employees, outside directors and consultants awards in the form of incentive stock options, non‑qualified stock options, shares of restricted stock, stock units, or stock appreciation rights.
 
70

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
Under the Company’s Plans, options may be exercised in whole or in part for 100% of the shares subject to vesting at any time after the date of grant. Options under the Company’s 2000 and 2006 Plans generally vest 25% on the first year anniversary of the date of grant plus an additional 1/48th for each month of continuous service thereafter. Options under the Company’s 2010 Plan generally vest the first 50% on the second year anniversary from July 19, 2010 and an additional 1/48th for each month of continuous service thereafter.
 
Restricted stock awards under the Company’s 2006 Plan generally vest 25% of the applicable shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and thereafter an additional 1/16th for each three months of continuous service.
 
Performance stock awards under the Company’s 2006 Plan generally vest with respect to the first 1/3rd of the applicable shares on the date that the goals under the performance stock awards are achieved and thereafter an additional 1/3rd for each year of continuous service.
 
Stock Options
 
The Company utilizes the Black‑Scholes option pricing model for determining the estimated fair value for stock option awards. Use of a valuation model requires management to make certain assumptions with respect to selected model inputs. Expected volatility was calculated based on a weighted‑average of the Company’s historical stock information. The average expected life was determined using the Company’s historical data. The risk‑free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero‑coupon issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at the date of grant. The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on its common or preferred equity and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures are estimated based on voluntary termination behavior, as well as a historical analysis of actual option forfeitures. The weighted‑average assumptions used in the Black‑Scholes option pricing model are as follows:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	December 31,	
 	    	2014	 	2013	 	2012	
Expected stock price volatility	 	57 	%	 	66 	%	 	68 	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	1.43 	%	 	0.87 	%	 	0.80 	%	
Expected life of options (in years)	 	4.2 	 	 	4.5 	 	 	4.8 	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	0 	%	 	0 	%	 	0 	%	
 
The weighted‑average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the options granted during the year ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 was $14.67,  $15.79 and $13.47, respectively.
 
71

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding.

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Average	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Weighted-	 	Remaining	 	Aggregate	
 	 	Number of	 	Average	 	Contractual	 	Intrinsic	
Options	    	Options	    	Exercise Price	    	Term (Years)	    	Value	
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	 	3,315 	 	$	23.97 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options Granted	 	815 	 	 	31.85 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options Exercised	 	(1,223)	 	 	24.53 	 	 	 	 	 	
Options Cancelled	 	(140)	 	 	28.89 	 	 	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2014	 	2,767 	 	$	25.81 	 	4.34 	 	$	44,479 	
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2014	 	2,578 	 	$	25.40 	 	4.24 	 	$	42,479 	
Exercisable at December 31, 2014	 	1,473 	 	$	21.38 	 	3.29 	 	$	30,172 	
 
As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the weighted‑average remaining contractual life of outstanding options was approximately 4.3 and 4.3 years, respectively. The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised in 2014,  2013, and 2012 was approximately $19.0 million,  $17.9 million, and $9.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the weighted‑average remaining contractual life of exercisable options was approximately 3.3 and 3.5 years, respectively. The amount of cash received from the exercise of stock options was approximately $30.0 million in 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 the total fair value of vested options was approximately $23.5 million,  $11.9 million and $13.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 the weighted‑average fair value (as of the date of grant) of the unvested options was $13.23,  $13.08 and $11.45, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2014 the weighted‑average fair value (as of the date of grant) of options granted, vested and forfeited was $14.67,  $14.87 and $14.78, respectively.
 
Awards of Restricted Stock and Performance Stock
 
A summary of the Company’s unvested restricted stock activity and the balance at December 31, 2014, is presented below:

Non-Vested Restricted Stock	    	Number of Awards	    	Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value	
Non-vested at December 31, 2013	 	1,120 	 	$	28.95 	
Granted	 	908 	 	$	32.09 	
Vested	 	(542)	 	$	28.37 	
Forfeited	 	(144)	 	$	28.84 	
Non-vested at December 31, 2014	 	1,342 	 	$	31.24 	
 
Restricted stock awards are granted subject to other service conditions (“restricted stock”) or service and performance conditions (“performance-based awards”).  Restricted stock and performance-based awards are measured at the closing stock price at the date of grant and are recognized straight line over the requisite service period. During 2014, the Company issued approximately 219 thousand shares of restricted stock related to the 2013 performance share grant. For certain executives, the 2013 and 2012 performance share grants also contained a market condition that adjusted the number of performance shares otherwise earned based on relative performance of the Company’s common stock.
 
During the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, the Company recorded total pre‑tax stock‑based compensation expense of $29.0 million ($19.0 million after tax or $0.44 per diluted share), $25.2 million  ($16.8 million after tax or $0.42 per diluted share), and $20.4 million  ($12.9 million after tax or $0.33 per diluted share), respectively,
72

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
which includes the fair value for equity awards issued after January 1, 2006. The total stock‑based compensation cost related to unvested equity awards not yet recognized as an expense as of December 31, 2014 was approximately $41.0 million. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted‑average period of approximately 2.64 years.
 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
On February 1, 2012, the Company established a ten year Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP” or “the Plan”) for certain eligible employees. The Plan is to be administered by the Company’s Board of Directors. The total number of shares available for purchase under the Plan is 500 thousand shares of the Company’s Common Stock. Employees participate over a six month period through payroll withholdings and may purchase, at the end of the six month period, the Company’s Common Stock at the lower of 85% of the fair market value on the first day of the offering period or the fair market value on the purchase date. No participant will be granted a right to purchase Common Stock under the Plan if such participant would own more than 5% of the total combined voting power of the Company. In addition, no participant may purchase more than a thousand shares of Common Stock within any purchase period.
 
The expected life of ESPP shares is the average of the remaining purchase period under each offering period. The weighted‑average assumptions used to value employee stock purchase rights during December 31, 2014 were as follows:

 	 	Year Ended	
 	 	December 31,	
 	    	2014	 	2013	
Expected stock price volatility	 	52 	%	 	65 	%	
Risk-free interest rate	 	0.60 	%	 	1.04 	%	
Expected life of ESPP shares (in years)	 	0.5 	 	 	0.5 	 	
Expected dividend yield	 	0 	%	 	0 	%	
 
During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded $642 thousand and $640 thousand, respectively, of compensation expense related to the ESPP. During the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, the Company sold a total of 60 thousand,  66 thousand and 33 thousand shares, respectively, of its Treasury Stock pursuant to purchases under its ESPP Plan. Cash received from purchases through the ESPP Plan during the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, was approximately $1.7 million,  $1.5 million and $612 thousand respectively, and is included within the financing activities section of the consolidated statements of cash flows. The total unrecognized compensation expense related to the ESPP as of December 31, 2014 was approximately $78 thousand, which is expected to be recognized over the remainder of the offering period.
 
Treasury Stock
 
On May 8, 2012, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program to purchase up to $25 million of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock. The duration of the repurchase program was twelve months. Under the program, the Company was able to purchase shares of its Common Stock in the open market, through block trades or otherwise at prices deemed appropriate by the Company. The timing and amount of repurchase transactions under the program depended on available working capital. The Company classifies Common Stock repurchased as Treasury Stock on its balance sheet. The Company repurchased all eligible shares to be repurchased under the stock repurchase plan in 2012. There were no repurchases of Common Stock under the stock repurchase program for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
73

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
9. 401(k) Plan
 
The Company has a 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) covering all eligible employees. The Plan allows for a discretionary employer match. The Company incurred and expensed $2.0 million,  $1.5 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012, respectively, in Plan match contributions.
 
10. Income Taxes
 
The components of income before income taxes are as follows:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	   	
Domestic	 	$	52,850 	 	$	30,437 	 	$	40,680 	 	
Foreign	 	 	7,724 	 	 	4,142 	 	 	1,984 	 	
Total	 	$	60,574 	 	$	34,579 	 	$	42,664 	 	
 
The components of income tax (expense) benefit are as follows:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	 	
Current:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	$	(8,673)	 	$	(3,709)	 	$	(10,544)	 	
State	 	 	(2,463)	 	 	(2,661)	 	 	(2,409)	 	
Foreign	 	 	(2,505)	 	 	(3,076)	 	 	(1,076)	 	
Deferred:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Federal	 	 	(10,437)	 	 	(3,447)	 	 	(1,809)	 	
State	 	 	(1,301)	 	 	(1,324)	 	 	(227)	 	
Foreign	 	 	3,700 	 	 	2,989 	 	 	484 	 	
Income tax expense	 	$	(21,679)	 	$	(11,228)	 	$	(15,581)	 	
 
Reconciliations of the statutory tax rates and the effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 	 	Year Ended December 31,	 	
 	    	2014	    	2013	    	2012	 	
Statutory rate	 	 	35 	%	 	35 	%	 	35 	%	
State taxes, net of federal benefit	 	 	4 	%	 	7 	%	 	4 	%	
Effect of rates different than statutory	 	 	(4)	%	 	 —	%	 	(1)	%	
Non-deductible stock based compensation	 	 	 —	%	 	3 	%	 	1 	%	
Other permanent adjustments	 	 	1 	%	 	1 	%	 	1 	%	
Fair market value adjustment on Earn-out	 	 	1 	%	 	(6)	%	 	(5)	%	
Research and development credit	 	 	(2)	%	 	(5)	%	 	(1)	%	
Subpart F income	 	 	2 	%	 	 —	%	 	 —	%	
Change in valuation allowance	 	 	 —	%	 	(2)	%	 	 —	%	
Other	 	 	(1)	%	 	(1)	%	 	3 	%	
Net	 	 	36 	%	 	32 	%	 	37 	%	
 
74

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 	 	December 31,	
 	     	2014	     	2013	
Deferred tax assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accrued liabilities	 	$	23 	 	$	212 	
Deferred revenue	 	 	213 	 	 	3,555 	
Bad debts reserve	 	 	121 	 	 	789 	
Deferred compensation	 	 	11,308 	 	 	12,891 	
Federal net operating loss carry forwards	 	 	20,089 	 	 	21,139 	
State net operating loss carry forwards	 	 	2,120 	 	 	2,568 	
Foreign net operating loss carry forwards	 	 	7,800 	 	 	9,202 	
Deferred rent	 	 	552 	 	 	532 	
Capital loss carry forward	 	 	98 	 	 	115 	
Other	 	 	2,818 	 	 	1,020 	
Total deferred tax assets	 	$	45,142 	 	$	52,023 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Intangible assets	 	$	(26,481)	 	$	(29,536)	
Fixed assets	 	 	(17,099)	 	 	(10,848)	
Total deferred tax liabilities	 	 	(43,580)	 	 	(40,384)	
Less: valuation allowance	 	 	(2,553)	 	 	(2,803)	
Net deferred income tax (liabilities) assets	 	$	(991)	 	$	8,836 	
 
The following table indicates where net deferred income taxes have been classified on the Balance Sheet:

 	 	December 31,	
 	     	2014	     	2013	
Current deferred tax assets	 	$	1,475 	 	$	4,728 	
Less:  Valuation allowance	 	 	 —	 	 	(102)	
Net current deferred tax assets	 	 	1,475 	 	 	4,626 	
Non-current deferred tax assets	 	 	3,785 	 	 	6,911 	
Less:  Valuation allowance	 	 	(2,553)	 	 	(2,701)	
Net non-current deferred tax assets	 	 	1,232 	 	 	4,210 	
Net Deferred Tax Assets	 	$	2,707 	 	$	8,836 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-current deferred tax liability	 	$	3,698 	 	$	 —	
 
As of December 31, 2014,  the Company has federal and state income tax net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of $57.4 million and $46.0 million, which will expire at various dates from 2015 through 2034. Such NOL carryforwards expire as follows:

 	 	 	 	
2015-2019	 	$	8,221 	
2020-2024	 	 	29,908 	
2025-2032	 	 	65,250 	
 	 	$	103,379 	
 
75

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover its deferred tax assets within the jurisdiction from which they arise, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. In projecting future taxable income, the Company begins with historical results and incorporates assumptions including the amount of future state, federal and foreign pretax operating income, the reversal of temporary differences, and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax-planning strategies. These assumptions require significant judgment about the forecasts of future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we are using to manage the underlying businesses.
 
The foreign NOL carryforwards in the income tax returns filed included unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years. The NOLs for which a deferred tax asset is recognized for financial statement purposes in accordance with ASC 740 are presented net of these unrecognized tax benefits.
 
In connection with purchase accounting for the acquisition of Spatialinfo, Inc. the Company recorded deferred revenue for the fair value of their assumed future performance obligations.  However, this income was previously recognized on the tax return of the previous owner. Accordingly, the Company had set up a net deferred tax asset of $4.4 million for this income less the related expenditures to perform services to produce this income. In evaluating the ability to recover these deferred tax assets the Company considered that there is no carry back potential and no viable tax-planning strategies for recognition of these deferred tax assets. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence such as our projections for future growth. On the basis of this, as of December 31, 2014, a valuation allowance of $2.5 million has been recorded to place a full valuation allowance on all deferred tax assets within Spatial U.S.
 
In January 2013, the Income Tax Department of India closed the 2009 income tax examination of the Company’s wholly‑owned subsidiary, Synchronoss Technologies India, without changes. Examinations of 2010 and 2011 are in progress. The Company believes the result of these audits will not have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company is currently under income tax examinations in New York and New Jersey but does not believe that the results of these audits will have a material effect on its financial position or results of operations.
 
The Company has provided taxes for $3.3 million of royalty fees paid to its Ireland subsidiary as Subpart F income subject to US tax in 2014. The Company has not provided taxes for the remaining $32.9 million of undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries which the Company plans to reinvest indefinitely outside of the United States. Should the Company decide to repatriate the foreign earnings, it would need to adjust its income tax provision in the period it determined that the earnings will no longer be indefinitely invested outside the United States. Due to the timing and circumstances of repatriation of such earnings, if any, it is not practicable to determine the unrecognized deferred tax liability relating to such amounts
 
76

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
A reconciliation of the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits excluding interest are as follows:

Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2011	     	$	503 	
Increases for tax positions taken during prior year	 	 	141 	
Reduction due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations	 	 	(158)	
Increases for tax positions of current period	 	 	25 	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2012	 	 	511 	
Decreases for tax positions taken during prior year	 	 	(5)	
Reduction due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations	 	 	(66)	
Increases for tax positions of current period	 	 	268 	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2013	 	 	708 	
Decreases for tax positions taken during prior year	 	 	(218)	
Reduction due to lapse of applicable statute of limitations	 	 	(11)	
Increases for tax positions of current period	 	 	651 	
Unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2014	 	$	1,130 	
 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits excludes accrued interest of $24 thousand, $25 thousand and $18 thousand as of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012,  respectively. The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that approximately $72 thousand of its currently unrecognized tax benefits related to research and development credits, which are individually insignificant, may be recognized by the end of 2015 as a result of a lapse of the statute of limitations.
11. Commitments and Contingencies
 
Leases
 
The Company leases office space, automobiles and office equipment under non‑ cancellable lease agreements, which expire through December 2029. Aggregate annual future minimum lease payments under these non‑cancellable leases are as follows:

Year Ending December 31:	     	 	 	
2015	 	$	39,100 	
2016	 	 	31,294 	
2017	 	 	22,549 	
2018	 	 	12,790 	
2019 and thereafter	 	 	41,403 	
 	 	$	147,136 	
 
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 was $8.0 million,  $6.7 million and $5.7 million respectively.
77

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
12. Goodwill and Intangibles
 
Goodwill
 
The following table shows the adjustments to goodwill during 2014 and 2013:

Balance at December 31, 2012	     	$	127,322 	
Acquisitions	 	 	12,381 	
Reclassifications, adjustments and other	 	 	(1,960)	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	137,743 	
Acquisitions	 	 	20,624 	
Reclassifications, adjustments and other	 	 	(1,287)	
Translation adjustments	 	 	(9,945)	
Balance at December 31, 2014	 	$	147,135 	
 
The reclassification, adjustment and other of $1.3 million for the year 2014 is primarily related to an increase in the Company’s deferred taxes in connection with a foreign tax election. The reclassifications, adjustment and other of $2.0 million for the year 2013 is primarily related to purchase accounting adjustments to the Spatial acquisition and to deferred taxes as a result of changes to acquired tax attributes.
 
The Company performs an impairment study of the Company’s goodwill annually. There were no impairment charges recognized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company’s intangible assets with definite lives consist primarily of trade names, technology, and customer lists and relationships. These intangible assets are being amortized on the straight‑line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Amortization expense related to currently existing intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013 and 2012 was $19.8 million,  $16.1 million and $8.7 million, respectively.
 
The Company’s intangible assets consist of the following:

 	Weighted	December 31, 2014	
 	Average	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	
 	Life	 	Cost	 	Amortization	 	Net	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade name	4	 	$	1,589 	 	$	(1,324)	 	$	265 	
Technology	7	 	 	71,155 	 	 	(28,484)	 	 	42,671 	
Customer lists and relationships	9	 	 	74,601 	 	 	(25,283)	 	 	49,318 	
Capitalized software and patents	—	 	 	9,346 	 	 	(2,111)	 	 	7,235 	
Order Backlog	—	 	 	918 	 	 	(918)	 	 	 —	
 	 	 	$	157,609 	 	$	(58,120)	 	$	99,489 	
 
78

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)

 	Weighted	December 31, 2013	
 	Average	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	 	
 	Life	 	Cost	 	Amortization	 	Net	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade name	4	 	$	1,589 	 	$	(780)	 	$	809 	
Technology	8	 	 	65,280 	 	 	(15,328)	 	 	49,952 	
Customer lists and relationships	11	 	 	61,161 	 	 	(12,321)	 	 	48,840 	
Capitalized software and patents	—	 	 	3,634 	 	 	(1,272)	 	 	2,362 	
Order Backlog	—	 	 	918 	 	 	(918)	 	 	 —	
 	 	 	$	132,582 	 	$	(30,619)	 	$	101,963 	
 
Estimated annual amortization expense of its intangible assets for the next five years is as follows:

 	 	 	 	
Year ended December 31:	     	 	 	
2015	 	$	20,850 	
2016	 	 	19,918 	
2017	 	 	17,526 	
2018	 	 	14,591 	
2019	 	 	10,360 	

 

 
13. Restructuring Charges
 
In January 2013, the Company initiated a work-force reduction of approximately 10 percent as part of a corporate restructuring, with reductions occurring across all levels and departments within the Company.  This measure was intended to reduce costs and to align the Company’s resources with its key strategic priorities.  Additionally, in relation to the work-force reduction, the Company initiated a facilities consolidation, beginning the process of closing one of its leased locations in Seattle, WA.  The Company did not record any additional restructuring charges during the year ended December 31, 2014.  At December 31, 2014, there were no unpaid restructuring charges classified under accrued expenses on the balance sheet.
 
A summary of the Company’s restructuring accrual at December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2014, is presented below:

 	 	Balance at	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Balance at	
 	     	December 31, 2013	     	Charges	     	Payments	     	Adjustments	     	December 31, 2014	
Facilities consolidation	 	$	128 	 	$	 —	 	$	(128)	 	$	 —	 	$	 —	
Total	 	$	128 	 	$	 —	 	$	(128)	 	$	 —	 	$	 —	

 

79

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
14. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
 
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income during the year ended December 31, 2014, are as follows, net of tax:

 	 	 	 	 	Unrealized	 	Net Gain (Loss)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	  Holding Gains on  	 	on Intra-Entity	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign	 	Available-for-Sale	 	  Foreign Currency  	 	 	 	 	
 	     	Currency	     	Securities	     	Transactions	     	Total	     	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	(4,131)	 	$	(11)	 	$	3,419 	 	$	(723)	 	
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications	 	 	(12,849)	 	 	(166)	 	 	(2,857)	 	 	(15,872)	 	
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	(3,419)	 	 	(3,419)	 	
Total other comprehensive loss	 	 	(12,849)	 	 	(166)	 	 	(6,276)	 	 	(19,291)	 	
Balance at December 31, 2014	 	$	(16,980)	 	$	(177)	 	$	(2,857)	 	$	(20,014)	 	
 
The changes in accumulated other comprehensive income during the year ended December 31, 2013, are as follows, net of tax:

 	 	 	 	 	Unrealized	 	Net Gain (Loss)	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	  Holding Gains on  	 	on Intra-Entity	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Foreign	 	Available-for-Sale	 	  Foreign Currency  	 	 	 	 	
 	     	Currency	     	Securities	     	Transactions	     	Total	     	
Balance at December 31, 2012	 	$	(352)	 	$	(13)	 	$	 —	 	$	(365)	 	
Other comprehensive gain (loss) before reclassifications	 	 	(3,779)	 	 	2 	 	 	3,419 	 	 	(358)	 	
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	 	 —	 	
Total other comprehensive loss	 	 	(3,779)	 	 	2 	 	 	3,419 	 	 	(358)	 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	(4,131)	 	$	(11)	 	$	3,419 	 	$	(723)	 	

 
15. Debt
 
Credit Facility
 
In September 2013, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Facility”) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as the syndication agent and Capital One, National Association and KeyBank National Association, as co-documentation agents. The Credit Facility, which can be used for general corporate purposes, is a $100 million unsecured revolving line of credit that matures on September 27, 2018. The Company pays a commitment fee of 25 basis points on the unused balance of the revolving credit facility. Commitment fees totaled $215 thousand during the year ended December 31, 2014. Synchronoss has the right to request an increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Credit Facility to $150 million.  
 
On July 2, 2014, the Company borrowed $40 million under the Credit Facility to fund acquisitions and capital asset purchases. Interest on the borrowing was based upon LIBOR plus a 175 basis point margin.
 
On September 4, 2014, the Company repaid the full amount borrowed under the Credit Facility plus interest of approximately $136 thousand.  
 
80

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
The Credit Facility is subject to certain financial covenants. As of December 31, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all required covenants and there were no outstanding balances on the Credit Facility.
 
Convertible Senior Notes 
 
On August 12, 2014, the Company issued $230.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 0.75% Convertible Senior Notes due in 2019 (the “2019 Notes”). The 2019 Notes mature on August 15, 2019, and bear interest at a rate of 0.75% per annum payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. The Company accounted for the $230 million face value of the debt as a liability and capitalized approximately $7.1 million of financing fees, related to the issuance.
 
The 2019 Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of the Company, and are convertible into shares of its common stock based on a conversion rate of 18.8072 shares per $1,000 principal amount of 2019 Notes which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $53.17 per share. The Company will satisfy any conversion of the 2019 Notes with shares of the Company’s common stock. The 2019 Notes are convertible at the note holders’ option prior to their maturity and if specified corporate transactions occur. The issue price of the 2019 Notes was equal to their face amount.
 
Holders of the 2019 Notes, who convert their notes in connection with a qualifying fundamental change, as defined in the related indenture, may be entitled to a make-whole premium in the form of an increase in the conversion rate. Additionally, following the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders may require that the Company repurchase some or all of the 2019 Notes for cash at a repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2019 Notes being repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. As of December 31, 2014, none of these conditions existed with respect to the 2019 Notes and as a result, the 2019 Notes are classified as long term.
 
The 2019 Notes are the Company’s direct senior unsecured obligations and rank equal in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness.
 
At December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of the liability and the outstanding principal of the 2019 Notes was $230.0 million,  with an effective interest rate of approximately 1.36%. The fair value of the 2019 Notes was $254.3 million at December 31, 2014. The fair value of the liability of the 2019 Notes was determined using a discounted cash flow model based on current market interest rates available to the Company. These inputs are corroborated by observable market data for similar liabilities and therefore classified within Level 2 of the fair-value hierarchy.
 
The interest expense of the Company’s 2019 Notes related to the contractual interest coupon was $647 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014. There was no interest expense related to the 2019 Notes for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013.  
 
16. Legal Matters
 
On October 7, 2014, the company filed an amended complaint in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey (Civ Act. No. 3:14-cv-06220) against F-Secure Corporation and F-Secure, Inc. (collectively, “F-Secure"), claiming that F-Secure has infringed, and continues to infringe, several of the Company’s patents. In February 2015, Synchronoss entered into a patent license and settlement agreement with F-Secure Corporation and F-Secure, Inc. whereby the Company granted each of these companies (but not their subsidiaries or affiliates) a limited license to Synchronoss’ patents. As a result of entering into the patent license and settlement agreement, the parties filed a joint stipulation to dismiss the above complaint.
 
The Company’s 2011 acquisition agreement with Miyowa SA provided that former shareholders of Miyowa SA would be eligible for earn-out payments, to the extent specified business milestones were achieved following the
81

 
Table of Contents
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
(Amounts in tables in thousands, except for per share data or unless otherwise noted)
acquisition. In December 2013, Eurowebfund and Bakamar, two former shareholders of Miyowa SA, filed a complaint against the Company in the Commercial Court of Paris, France claiming that they are entitled to certain earn-out payments under the acquisition agreement. The Company was served with a copy of this complaint in January 2014. The Company believes Miyowa SA failed to meet the criteria required for it to pay the claimed amounts and that no earn-out payments are owed. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of the lawsuit due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, it believes the positions of Eurowebfund and Bakamar are without merit, and the Company intends to vigorously defend against all claims brought by them.
 
The Company is not currently subject to any legal proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on its operations; however, it may from time to time become a party to various legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is currently the plaintiff in several patent infringement cases. The defendants in several of these cases have filed counterclaims. Although the Company cannot predict the outcome of the cases at this time due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the Company continues to pursue its claims and believes that the counterclaims are without merit, and the Company intends to defend all of such counterclaims.
 
17. Subsequent Events Review
 
On February 4, 2015, the Company acquired certain cloud assets from F-Secure Corporation, an online security and privacy company from Finland, for cash consideration of $60.0 million, net of liabilities assumed. The Company believes that the purchase will expand the Company’s cloud services customer base. Since this acquisition occurred subsequent to December 31, 2014, it is not included in the results of operations for any of the periods presented. The preliminary purchase price allocations are not yet available.
 
On February 18, 2015, the Company entered into a patent license and settlement agreement whereby the Company granted F-Secure a limited license to the Company's patents for $10 million. As part of the business combination accounting rules, the Company will calculate the fair value of the license and settlement agreement using an income approach derived from historical and estimated future cash flow information .

 
 
82

 
Table of Contents
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.
 
ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as of December 31, 2014. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that its disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014, to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting
 
The Company has implemented new financial systems that will continue in phases over the next several quarters. In connection with this initiative and the resulting changes in the financial systems, the Company continues to enhance the design and documentation of the internal control processes to ensure that controls over the Company’s financial reporting remain effective. Except as noted, there were no changes in the internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rule 13a‑15 that was conducted during the last fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
 
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rules 13a‑15(f) or 15d‑15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
 
 	·	 	Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;	

 	·	 	Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and	

 	·	 	Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.	
 
To assist management, the Company has established procedures to verify and monitor its internal controls. Because of its inherent limitations, however, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
83

 
Table of Contents
 
The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making this assessment, the Company’s management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission  (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria).
 
Based on the Company’s assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, its internal control over financial reporting was effective.
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, its independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included in Item 9 of this Annual Report on Form 10‑K.
 
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
 
The Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that its disclosure controls or its internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company’s operations have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision‑making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost‑effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
84

 
Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
 
We have audited Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and our report dated February 25, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
 
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Metropark, New Jersey
February 25, 2015
85

 
Table of Contents
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.
PART III
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
 
 	(a)	 	Identification of Directors. Information concerning the directors of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading “Election of Directors” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.	

 	(b)	 	Audit Committee Financial Expert. Information concerning Synchronoss’ audit committee financial expert is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.	

 	(c)	 	Identification of the Audit Committee. Information concerning the audit committee of Synchronoss is set forth under the heading “Audit Committee” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.	

 	(d)	 	Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance. Information concerning compliance with beneficial ownership reporting requirements is set forth under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.	
Code of Ethics. Information concerning the Synchronoss Code of Business Conduct is set forth under the caption “Code of Business Conduct” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The Code of Business Conduct can also be found on our website, www.synchronoss.com.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
Information concerning executive compensation is set forth under the headings “Compensation of Executive Officers” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
Information concerning shares of Synchronoss equity securities beneficially owned by certain beneficial owners and by management is set forth under the heading “Equity Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plan
 
The following table provides information as of December 31, 2014 with respect to the shares of our common stock that may be issuable under our existing equity compensation plans.
 
86

 
Table of Contents
The following information is as of December 31, 2014:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	(a)	 	(b)	 	 	(c)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Number of Securities	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Remaining Available	
 	Number of Securities	 	 	 	 	for Future Issuance	
 	to be Issued Upon	 	Weighted-Average	 	 	Under Equity	
 	Exercise of	 	Exercise Price of	 	 	Compensation Plans	
 	Outstanding Options	 	Outstanding	 	 	(Excluding Securities	
Plan Category	and Rights	   	Options and Rights	   	 	Reflected in Column (a))	
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	2,757,326 	 	$	25.83 	 	 	1,926,025 	
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	9,358 	 	$	19.32 	 	 	 —	
Totals	2,766,684 	 	$	25.81 	 	 	1,926,025 	

 

 
ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under the heading “Certain Related Party Transactions” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
 
Information concerning fees and services of the Company’s principal accountants is set forth under the heading “Report of the Audit Committee” and “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Fees” in the Synchronoss Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
87

 
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a)(1)Financial Statements:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 	49	
Balance Sheets 	50	
Statements of Income 	51	
Statements of Comprehensive Income 	52	
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 	53	
Statements of Cash Flows 	54	
Notes to Financial Statements 	55	
 
(a)(2)Schedule for the years ended December 31, 2014,  2013,  2012:
II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other Schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
 
(a)(3)Exhibits:
 	 	
Exhibit No.	Description	
3.1 	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
3.2 	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
4.1 	Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2.	
4.2 	Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated December 22, 2000, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
4.3 	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, dated April 27, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
4.4 	Registration Rights Agreement, dated November 13, 2000, by and among the Registrant and the investors listed on the signature pages thereto, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
4.5 	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. Registration Rights Agreement, dated May 21, 2001, by and among the Registrant, certain stockholders listed on the signature pages thereto and Silicon Valley Bank, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
4.6 	Form of Common Stock Certificate, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-132080)	
4.7 	Form of Indenture for Convertible Senior Notes, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-197871)	
10.1 	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
10.2 	Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan and forms of agreements thereunder, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
88

 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No.	Description	
10.3 	Amendment No. 1 to Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. 2000 Stock Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑1 (Commission File No. 333‑132080).	
10.4 	2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and restated, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Schedule 14A dated April 8, 2010.	
10.4.1	2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S‑8 (Commission File No. 333‑168745).	
10.5 	Employee Stock Purchase Plan, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2011.	
10.6 	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Triple Net Investments XXV, L.P. for the premises located at Lehigh Valley Industrial Park VII, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania, dated as of May 16, 2008, as amended, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2008.	
10.7 	Lease Agreement between the Registrant and Wells Reit—Bridgewater NJ, LLC for the premises located at 200 Crossing Boulevard, Bridgewater, New Jersey, dated as of October 27, 2011, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2011.	
10.8 	Credit Agreement dated as of September 27, 2013 between the Registrant and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.	
10.9‡	Cingular Mater Services Agreement, effective September 1, 2005 by and between the Registrant and Cingular Wireless LLC, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2008.	
10.9.1‡	Subordinate Material and Services Agreement No. SG021306.S.025 by and between the Registrant and AT&T Services, Inc. dated as of August 1, 2013, including order numbers SG021306.S.025.S.001, SG021306.S.025.S.002, SG021306.S.025.S.003 and SG021306.S.025.S.004, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10‑Q/A for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.	
10.10 	Form of Indenture for Convertible Senior Notes, incorporated by reference to Registrants Form S-3 (Commission File No. 333-132080).	
10.11†	Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2015 between the Registrant and Stephen G. Waldis.	
10.12†	Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2015 between the Registrant and Karen Rosenberger.	
10.13†	Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 2015 between the Registrant and Robert Garcia.	
10.14†	Employment Agreement dated as of February 19, 2014 between the Registrant and Chris Halbard.	
10.17 	Share Purchase Agreement dated as of December 24, 2012 by and between Synchronoss Technologies Ireland Ltd. and Research In Motion Ltd, incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Annual report on Form 10‑K for the year ended December 31, 2012.	
21.1 	List of subsidiaries.	
23.1 	Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.	
24 	Power of Attorney (see signature page to this Annual Report on Form 10‑K)	
31.1 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	
31.2 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(a) of the Exchange Act, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	
32.1 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(b) of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	
32.2 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a‑14(b) of the Exchange Act and section 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002	
101.INS	XBRL Instance Document	
101.SCH	XBRL Schema Document	
101.CAL	XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document	
101.DEF	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase	
101.LAB	XBRL Labels Linkbase Document	
89

 
Table of Contents
101.PRE	XBRL Presentation Linkbase Document	

†Compensation Arrangement.
‡Confidential treatment has been granted with respect to certain provisions of this exhibit.
 	(b)	 	Exhibits.	
See (a)(3) above.
 	(c)	 	Financial Statement Schedule.	
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
December 31, 2014,  2013, and 2012

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Beginning	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Ending	
 	    	Balance	    	 Additions 	    	Reductions	    	 Balance 	
 	 	(In thousands)	
Allowance for doubtful receivables	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	          	
2014	 	$	237 	 	$	418 	 	$	(567)	 	$	88 	
2013	 	$	258 	 	$	1,076 	 	$	(1,097)	 	$	237 	
2012	 	$	356 	 	$	230 	 	$	(328)	 	$	258 	

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Beginning	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Ending	
 	    	Balance	    	 Additions 	    	Reductions	    	 Balance 	
 	 	(In thousands)	
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	          	
2014	 	$	2,803 	 	$	2,724 	 	$	(2,974)	 	$	2,553 	
2013	 	$	 —	 	$	3,778 	 	$	(975)	 	$	2,803 	
2012	 	$	253 	 	$	 —	 	$	(253)	 	$	 —	

 

 

 

 

 
90

 
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 	SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
(Registrant)	
 	 	 	
 	By	/s/ Stephen G. Waldis	
 	 	Stephen G. Waldis
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer	
February 25, 2015
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ronald J. Prague or Karen L. Rosenberger, or either of them, each with the power of substitution, their attorney‑in‑fact, to sign any amendments to this Form 10‑K (including post‑effective amendments), and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys‑in‑fact, or their substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date	
 	 	 	
/s/ Stephen G. Waldis	Chief Executive Officer and Director	February 25, 2015	
Stephen G. Waldis	(Principal Executive Officer)	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ Karen Rosenberger	Chief Financial Officer	February 25, 2015	
Karen L. Rosenberger	(Principal Financial Officer)	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ William J. Cadogan	Director	February 25, 2015	
William J. Cadogan	 	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ Charles E. Hoffman	Director	February 25, 2015	
Charles E. Hoffman	 	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ Thomas J. Hopkins	Director	February 25, 2015	
Thomas J. Hopkins	 	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ James M. McCormick	Director	February 25, 2015	
James M. McCormick	 	 	
 	 	 	
/s/ Donnie M. Moore	Director	February 25, 2015	
Donnie M. Moore	 	 	
 
91

Exhibit 10.11
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 1, 2015, by and between Stephen Waldis (the “Executive”) and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Except as otherwise provided herein, defined terms are set forth in Section 10 below. 
 	1.	 	Duties and Scope of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Position.  For the term of his employment under this Agreement (the “Employment”), the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer.  Executive shall report to the Company’s Board of Directors.  Executive’s principal workplace shall be in Bridgewater, New Jersey and shall be in such principal workplace a minimum of four days during each business week unless Executive is traveling to customers, investor or business meetings or for other work-related reasons or as otherwise agreed by the Company and Executive.	
 
 	(b)	 	Obligations to the Company.  During his Employment, Executive shall (i)  devote his full business efforts and time to the Company, (ii) not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, (iii) not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company or in preparing to compete with the Company, and (iv) comply with the Company’s policies and rules, as they may be in effect from time to time.	
 
 	(c)	 	No Conflicting Obligations.  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is under no obligations or commitments, whether contractual or otherwise, that are inconsistent with his obligations under this Agreement.  Executive represents and warrants that he will not use or disclose, in connection with his Employment, any trade secrets or other proprietary information or intellectual property in which Executive or any other person has any right, title or interest and that his Employment will not infringe or violate the rights of any other person.  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he has returned all property and confidential information belonging to any prior employer.	

 	(d)	 	Commencement Date.  Executive has previously commenced full-time Employment.  This Agreement shall govern the terms of Executive’s Employment effective as of January 1, 2015 (the “Commencement Date”) through the Term (as defined in Section 5(a) below).	
 
 	2.	 	Compensation.	
 
 	(a)	 	Salary.  The Company shall pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at a gross annual rate of not less than $573,947.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures.  (The annual compensation specified in this Subsection (a), together with any increases in such compensation that the Company may grant from time to time, is referred to in this Agreement as “Base Salary.”).	
 
 	(b)	 	Incentive Bonuses.  Executive shall be eligible for an annual incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 110% of his Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).  Executive’s bonus (if any) shall be awarded based on criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors (the
 
1	

 

“Board”) or its Compensation Committee.  Executive shall not be entitled to an incentive bonus if he is not employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year for which such bonus is payable or is provided notice of termination under Section 5(b) prior to such time.  Any bonus for a fiscal year shall be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal year.  The determinations of the Board or its Compensation Committee with respect to such bonus shall be final and binding. 	
 
 	3.	 	Paid Time Off and Employee Benefits.  During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible for paid time off in accordance with the Company’s paid time off policy, as it may be amended from time to time, with a minimum of 20 paid time off days per year, plus three floating holidays.  During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, subject in each case to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan in question and to the determinations of any person or committee administering such plan.	
 
 	4.	 	Business Expenses.  During his Employment, Executive shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with his duties hereunder.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for such expenses upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies; provided, however, in the event that Executive’s residence is not in Bridgewater, New Jersey, Executive shall not incur any expenses in traveling to or staying in Bridgewater, New Jersey.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent any expense or reimbursement provided pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive in any other calendar year, (b) the reimbursements for expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred and (c) the right to payment or reimbursement hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. 	
 
 	5.	 	Term of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Employment Term.  The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 1 for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending upon the earlier of (i) December 31, 2017, and (ii) the date Executive’s Employment is terminated in accordance with Section 5(b) (the “Term”).  After the initial term of this Agreement, Executive’s Employment shall be “at will” and either Executive or the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.  However, this Agreement will not govern the terms of Executive’s employment after the Term; provided, however, that Sections 1(b), 7, 8(a), 10(g), (h) and (i), and 11 shall survive the expiration of the Term.	
 
 	(b)	 	Termination of Employment.  The Company may terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason (or no reason), and with or without Cause, by giving Executive 30 days’ advance notice in writing.  Executive may terminate his Employment by giving the
2	

 

Company 30 days’ advance notice in writing.  The Company shall have the right at any time during such 30-day period, to relieve Executive of his offices, duties and responsibilities and place him on a paid leave-of-absence status, provided that during such notice period, Executive shall remain a full-time employee of the Company and shall continue to receive his then current salary compensation and other benefits as provided in this Agreement.  Executive’s Employment shall terminate automatically in the event of his death.  The termination of Executive’s Employment shall not limit or otherwise affect his obligations under Section 7.	
 
 	(c)	 	Rights Upon Termination.  Upon Executive’s termination of Employment for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to the compensation, benefits and reimbursements described in Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 for the period preceding the effective date of such termination.  Upon the termination of Executive’s Employment under certain circumstances, Executive may be entitled to additional severance pay benefits described in Section 6.  The payments under this Agreement shall fully discharge all responsibilities of the Company to Executive.  This Agreement shall terminate when all obligations of the parties hereunder have been satisfied.	
 
 	(d)	 	Rights Upon Death.  If Executive’s Employment ends due to death, Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the fiscal year in which his death occurred, prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year.  All amounts under this Section 5(d) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s date of death. 	
 
 	(e)	 	Rights Upon Permanent Disability.  If Executive’s Employment ends due to Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to his Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which his Employment ended, prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year, and (ii) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  The amounts payable under this Section 5(e) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation.	
 
 	6.	 	Termination Benefits.	
 
 	(a)	 	Preconditions.  Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections (b) and (c) below shall not apply unless Executive:	
 
 	(i)	 	Has executed (or, with respect to Section 5(d), the executor or his estate has executed) a general release of all claims Executive (or his executor or estate) may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) (the “Release”);	
 
 	(ii)	 	Complies with Executive’s obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement;	
 
 	(iii)	 	Has returned all property of the Company in Executive’s possession; and	
 
3

 

 	(iv)	 	If requested by the Board, has resigned as a member of the Board and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of the Company, to the extent applicable.	
Executive must execute and return the Release within the period of time set forth in the Release (the “Release Deadline”).  The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 50 days after Executive’s Separation.  If Executive fails to return the Release on or before the Release Deadline or if Executive revokes the Release, then Executive will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6. 
 	(b)	 	Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control.  If, during the term of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs or the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) two times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment, (ii) two times his average annual bonus based on the actual amounts received in the immediately preceding two years and (iii) the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive Employment is terminated for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability or Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason under this Subsection (b) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use his Target Bonus in the year of termination if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act). 	
 
 	(c)	 	Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control.  If, during the term of this Agreement and within 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination, then (i) the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (x) 2.99 times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus two times Executive’s average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and (y) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation , (ii) the vesting of all stock options and shares of restricted stock granted by the Company and held by Executive shall be accelerated in full as of the date of the Involuntary Termination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination under this Subsection (c) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two
4	

 

years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use his Target Bonus in the year of the Involuntary Termination if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (c) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act). 	
 
 	(d)	 	Commencement of Severance Payments.  Payment of the severance pay provided for under this Agreement will be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation, but only if Executive has complied with the release and other preconditions set forth in Subsection (a) (to the extent applicable). 	
 
 	7.	 	Protective Covenants.	
 
 	(a)	 	Non–Competition.  As one of the Company’s executive and management personnel and officer, Executive has acquired extensive and valuable knowledge and confidential information concerning the business of the Company, including certain trade secrets the Company wishes to protect. Executive further acknowledges that during his employment he will have access to and knowledge of Proprietary Information.  To protect the Company’s Proprietary Information, and in consideration of this Agreement, Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether under this Agreement or otherwise (the “Restricted Period”), he will not directly or indirectly engage in (whether as an employee, consultant, proprietor, partner, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in, or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that engages in a Restricted Business in a Restricted Territory.  It is agreed that ownership of (i) no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly traded corporation or (ii) any stock he presently owns shall not constitute a violation of this Section.	
 
 	(b)	 	Non-Solicitation and Non-Servicing.  During his employment with the Company and continuing until the Restricted Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through others,	
 
 	(i)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any Client of the Company to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending its contractual or other relationship with the Company in regard to the purchase or licensing of products or services manufactured, marketed, licensed or sold by the Company, or to become a Client of or enter into any contractual or other relationship with Executive or any other individual, person or entity in regard to the purchase or license of products or services similar or identical to those manufactured, marketed or sold by the Company; or	
 
 	(ii)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any individual, person or entity which is, or at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company was, a supplier of any product or service to the Company or vendor of the Company (whether
5	

 

as a distributor, agent, employee or otherwise) to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending his, her or its contractual or other relationship with the Company; or	
 
 	(iii)	 	render to or for any Client any services of the type rendered by the Company; or	
 
 	(iv)	 	employ as an employee or retain as a consultant any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months was, an employee of or consultant to the Company (unless the Company had terminated the employment or engagement of such employee or exclusive consultant prior to the time of the alleged prohibited conduct), or persuade or attempt to persuade any employee of or consultant to the Company to leave the employ of the Company or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company.	
 
 	(c)	 	Non-Disclosure.  Executive has entered into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 
 	(d)	 	Reasonable.  Executive agrees and acknowledges that the time limitation on the restrictions in this Section 7, combined with the geographic scope, is reasonable.  Executive also acknowledges and agrees that this provision is reasonably necessary for the protection of Proprietary Information, that through his Employment he shall receive adequate consideration for any loss of opportunity associated with the provisions herein, and that these provisions provide a reasonable way of protecting the Company’s business value which will be imparted to him.  If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.	
 
 	8.	 	Successors.	
 
 	(a)	 	Company’s Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which becomes bound by this Agreement.	
 
 	(b)	 	Employee’s Successors.  This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.	
 
 	9.	 	Taxes.	
 
 	(a)	 	Withholding Taxes.  All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes or other deductions required to be withheld by law. 	
 
 	(b)	 	Tax Advice.  Executive is encouraged to obtain his own tax advice regarding his
6	

 

compensation from the Company.  Executive agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes Executive’s tax liabilities, and Executive shall not make any claim against the Company or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from Executive’s compensation.	
 
 	(c)	 	Parachute Taxes.  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) to be made to Executive would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”): (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.  All determinations to be made under this subparagraph (c) shall be made by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company before the date of the Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”).  In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for Executive pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and the amount of his potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder. To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this subparagraph (c), such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this subparagraph (c) shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm from any and all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations pursuant to this subparagraph (c), except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm.	
 
 	(d)	 	Section 409A.  Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  If the Company determines that Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of his Separation, then (i) the severance payments under Section 6, to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, shall commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from Executive’s Separation, or (B) the date of Executive’s death, and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when such payments commence. 	
7

 

 
 	10.	 	Definitions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Cause.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	An unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	A material breach by Executive of any material agreement between Executive and the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	A material failure by Executive to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;	
 
 	(iv)	 	Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof;	
 
 	(v)	 	Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct which causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(vi)	 	A continued failure by Executive to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board; or	
 
 	(vii)	 	A failure by Executive to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation.	
 
 	(b)	 	Change in Control.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of:	
 
 	(i)	 	The acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's stock that, together with other stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	The replacement of a majority of the members of the Board, during any 12-month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election; or	
 
 	(iv)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's assets having a total gross fair market value (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) of 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the
8	

 

assets of the Company (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.	
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets).
 	(c)	 	Client.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Client” shall mean (i) anyone who is a client of the Company as of, or at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, the termination of Executive’s employment, but only if Executive had a direct relationship with, supervisory responsibility for or otherwise were involved with such client during Executive’s employment with the Company and (ii) any prospective client to whom the Company made a new business presentation (or similar offering of services) at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, or six-month period immediately following, Executive’s employment termination (but only if initial discussions between the Company and such prospective client relating to the rendering of services occurred prior to the termination date, and only if Executive participated in or supervised such presentation and/or its preparation or the discussions leading up to it). 	
 
 	(d)	 	Code.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.	
 
 	(e)	 	Company.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Company” shall include Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates.	
 
 	(f)	 	Good Reason.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	a change in Executive’s position with the Company that materially reduces his level of authority or responsibility (including without limitation failure to nominate him as a director of the Company or Chairman of the Board);	
 
 	(ii)	 	a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% unless pursuant to a Company-wide salary reduction affecting all Executives proportionately;	
 
 	(iii)	 	relocation of Executive’s principal workplace by more than 50 miles from such workplace;	
 
 	(iv)	 	a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Executive immediately prior to such reduction; or	
 
 	(v)	 	a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced, unless such reduction is made in connection with a reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits of employees of the Company generally.	
9

 

A condition shall not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of such condition within 90 days after such condition comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy such condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice.  In addition, Executive’s resignation must occur within 12 months after the condition comes into existence.
 	(g)	 	Involuntary Termination.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean either (i) the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, or (ii) Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs.	
 
 	(h)	 	Permanent Disability.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.	
 
 	(i)	 	Proprietary Information.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Proprietary Information” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company.  By way of illustration but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes (i) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; and (ii) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. 	
 
 	(j)	 	Restricted Business.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Business” shall mean the design, development, marketing or sales of software, or any other process, system, product, or service marketed, sold or under development by the Company at the time Executive’s employment with the Company ends, whether during or after the Term.	
 
 	(k)	 	Restricted Territory.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Territory” shall mean any state, county, or locality in the United States or around the world in which the Company conducts business.	
 
 	(l)	 	Separation.  For all purposes under this Employment Agreement, “Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.	
 
 	(m)	 	Solicit.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “solicit” shall mean (i) active solicitation of any Client or Company employee; (ii) the provision of information regarding any Client or Company employee to any third party where such information could be useful to such third party in attempting to obtain business from such Client or attempting to hire any such Company employee; (iii) participation in any meetings, discussions, or other communications with any third party regarding any Client or Company employee where the purpose or effect of such meeting, discussion or communication is to obtain business from
10	

 

such Client or employ such Company employee; and (iv) any other passive use of information about any Client or Company employee which has the purpose or effect of assisting a third party or causing harm to the business of the Company. 	
 
 	11.	 	Miscellaneous Provisions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Notice.  Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, when delivered by FedEx with delivery charges prepaid, or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that he most recently communicated to the Company in writing.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.	
 
 	(b)	 	Modifications and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.	
 
 	(c)	 	Whole Agreement.  This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between Executive and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein. 	
 
 	(d)	 	Choice of Law and Severability.  This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (except their provisions governing the choice of law).  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.  If any provision of this Agreement is rendered illegal by any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation (collectively the “Law”), then such provision shall be curtailed or limited only to the minimum extent necessary to bring such provision into compliance with the Law.  All the other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation.	
 
 	(e)	 	No Assignment.  This Agreement and all rights and obligations of Executive hereunder are personal to Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by Executive at any time.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any entity that assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder in connection with any sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s assets to such entity.	
 
11

 

 	(f)	 	Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.	
 
 	(g)	 	Survival.  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 7 shall survive, and remaining binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the termination of this Agreement the termination of Executive’s Employment hereunder or otherwise, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provision. 	

12

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 	
 \s\ STEPHEN WALDIS	
Stephen Waldis	
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.	
 	
By: \s\ ROBERT GARCIA	
Robert Garcia	
President	
 
13

Exhibit 10.12
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is entered into as of January 1, 2015, by and between Karen Rosenberger (the “Executive”) and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).   Except as otherwise provided herein, defined terms are set forth in Section 10 below.    
 	1.	 	Duties and Scope of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Position.    For the term of her employment under this Agreement (the “Employment”), the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.  Executive shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or his or her designee.  Executive’s principal workplace shall be in Bridgewater, New Jersey and shall be in such principal workplace a minimum of four days during each business week unless Executive is traveling to customers, investor or business meetings or for other work-related reasons or as otherwise agreed by the Company and Executive.	
 
 	(b)	 	Obligations to the Company.  During her Employment, Executive shall (i) devote her full business efforts and time to the Company, (ii) not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, (iii) not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company or in preparing to compete with the Company, and (iv) comply with the Company’s policies and rules, as they may be in effect from time to time.	
 
 	(c)	 	No Conflicting Obligations.    Executive represents and warrants to the Company that she is under no obligations or commitments, whether contractual or otherwise, that are inconsistent with her obligations under this Agreement.  Executive represents and warrants that she will not use or disclose, in connection with her Employment, any trade secrets or other proprietary information or intellectual property in which Executive or any other person has any right, title or interest and that her Employment will not infringe or violate the rights of any other person.  Executive represents and warrants to the Company that she has returned all property and confidential information belonging to any prior employer.	
 
 	(d)	 	Commencement Date.    Executive has previously commenced full-time Employment.  This Agreement shall govern the terms of Executive’s Employment effective as of January 1, 2015 (the “Commencement Date”) through the Term (as defined in Section 5(a) below).	
 
 	2.	 	Compensation.	
 
 	(a)	 	Salary.    The Company shall pay Executive as compensation for her services a base salary at a gross annual rate of not less than $300,000.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures.  (The annual compensation specified in this Subsection (a), together with any increases in such compensation that the Company may grant from time to time, is referred to in this Agreement as “Base Salary.”).	

1

 

 	(b)	 	Incentive Bonuses.    Executive shall be eligible for an annual incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 60% of her Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).  Executive’s bonus (if any) shall be awarded based on criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee.  Executive shall not be entitled to an incentive bonus if she is not employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year for which such bonus is payable or is provided notice of termination under Section 5(b) prior to such time.  Any bonus for a fiscal year shall be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal year.  The determinations of the Board or its Compensation Committee with respect to such bonus shall be final and binding. 	
 
 	3.	 	Paid Time Off and Employee Benefits.  During her Employment, Executive shall be eligible for paid time off in accordance with the Company’s paid time off policy, as it may be amended from time to time, with a minimum of 20 paid time off days per year, plus three floating holidays.  During her Employment, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, subject in each case to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan in question and to the determinations of any person or committee administering such plan.	
 
 	4.	 	Business Expenses.    During her Employment, Executive shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with her duties hereunder.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for such expenses upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies; provided, however, in the event that Executive’s residence is not in Bridgewater, New Jersey, Executive shall not incur any expenses in traveling to or staying in Bridgewater, New Jersey unless approved in writing by Executive’s manager.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent any expense or reimbursement provided pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive in any other calendar year, (b) the reimbursements for expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred and (c) the right to payment or reimbursement hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. 	
 
 	5.	 	Term of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Employment Term.    The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 1 for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending upon the earlier of (i) December 31, 2017, and (ii) the date Executive’s Employment is terminated in accordance with Section 5(b) (the “Term”).  After the initial term of this Agreement, Executive’s Employment shall be “at will” and either Executive or the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.  However, this Agreement will not govern the terms of Executive’s employment after the Term; provided, however, that Sections 1(b), 7, 8(a), 10(g), (h) and (i), and 11 shall survive the expiration of the Term.	
2

 

 	(b)	 	Termination of Employment.  The Company may terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason (or no reason), and with or without Cause, by giving Executive 30 days’ advance notice in writing.  Executive may terminate her Employment by giving the Company 30 days’ advance notice in writing.  The Company shall have the right at any time during such 30-day period, to relieve Executive of her offices, duties and responsibilities and place him on a paid leave-of-absence status, provided that during such notice period, Executive shall remain a full-time employee of the Company and shall continue to receive her then current salary compensation and other benefits as provided in this Agreement.  Executive’s Employment shall terminate automatically in the event of her death.  The termination of Executive’s Employment shall not limit or otherwise affect her obligations under Section 7.	
 
 	(c)	 	Rights Upon Termination.    Upon Executive’s termination of Employment for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to the compensation, benefits and reimbursements described in Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 for the period preceding the effective date of such termination.  Upon the termination of Executive’s Employment under certain circumstances, Executive may be entitled to additional severance pay benefits described in Section 6.  The payments under this Agreement shall fully discharge all responsibilities of the Company to Executive.  This Agreement shall terminate when all obligations of the parties hereunder have been satisfied.	
 
 	(d)	 	Rights Upon Death.    If Executive’s Employment ends due to death, Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to her target bonus for the fiscal year in which her death occurred, prorated based on the number of days she was employed by the Company during that fiscal year.  All amounts under this Section 5(d) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s date of death. 	
 
 	(e)	 	Rights Upon Permanent Disability.    If Executive’s Employment ends due to Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to her Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which her Employment ended, prorated based on the number of days she was employed by the Company during that fiscal year, and (ii) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and her eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and her eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  The amounts payable under this Section 5(e) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation. 	
 
 	6.	 	Termination Benefits.	
 
 	(a)	 	Preconditions.    Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections (b) and (c) below shall not apply unless Executive:	
 
 	(i)	 	Has executed (or, with respect to Section 5(d), the executor or her estate has executed) a general release of all claims Executive (or her executor or estate) may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) (the “Release”);	
3

 

 	(ii)	 	Complies with Executive’s obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement;	
 
 	(iii)	 	Has returned all property of the Company in Executive’s possession; and	
 
 	(iv)	 	If requested by the Board, has resigned as a member of the Board and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of the Company, to the extent applicable.	
 
Executive must execute and return the Release within the period of time set forth in the Release (the “Release Deadline”).  The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 50 days after Executive’s Separation.  If Executive fails to return the Release on or before the Release Deadline or if Executive revokes the Release, then Executive will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6. 
 	(b)	 	Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control.    If, during the term of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive resigns her Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs or the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) one and one-half times her Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment, (ii) her average annual bonus based on the actual amounts received in the immediately preceding two years and (iii) the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and her eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and her eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.   Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive Employment is terminated for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability or Executive resigns her Employment for Good Reason under this Subsection (b) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use her Target Bonus in the year of termination if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act). 	
 
 	(c)	 	Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control.    If, during the term of this Agreement and within 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination, then (i) the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (x) two times her Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus two times Executive’s average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and (y) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and her eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and her
4	

 

eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation and (ii) the vesting of all stock options and shares of restricted stock granted by the Company and held by Executive shall be accelerated in full as of the date of the Involuntary Termination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination under this Subsection (c) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use her Target Bonus in the year of the Involuntary Termination if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (c) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act).    	
 
 	(d)	 	Commencement of Severance Payments.    Payment of the severance pay provided for under this Agreement will be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation, but only if Executive has complied with the release and other preconditions set forth in Subsection (a) (to the extent applicable). 	
 
 	7.	 	Protective Covenants.	
 
 	(a)	 	Non–Competition.    As one of the Company’s executive and management personnel and officer, Executive has acquired extensive and valuable knowledge and confidential information concerning the business of the Company, including certain trade secrets the Company wishes to protect. Executive further acknowledges that during her employment she will have access to and knowledge of Proprietary Information.  To protect the Company’s Proprietary Information, and in consideration of this Agreement, Executive agrees that during her employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether under this Agreement or otherwise (the “Restricted Period”), she will not directly or indirectly engage in (whether as an employee, consultant, proprietor, partner, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in, or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that engages in a Restricted Business in a Restricted Territory.  It is agreed that ownership of (i) no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly traded corporation or (ii) any stock she presently owns shall not constitute a violation of this Section.	
 
 	(b)	 	Non-Solicitation and Non-Servicing.    During her employment with the Company and continuing until the Restricted Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through others,	
 
 	(i)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any Client of the Company to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending its contractual or other relationship with the Company in regard to the purchase or licensing of products or services manufactured, marketed, licensed or sold by the Company, or to become a Client of or enter into any contractual or other relationship with Executive or any other
5	

 

individual, person or entity in regard to the purchase or license of products or services similar or identical to those manufactured, marketed or sold by the Company; or	
 
 	(ii)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any individual, person or entity which is, or at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company was, a supplier of any product or service to the Company or vendor of the Company (whether as a distributor, agent, employee or otherwise) to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending his, her or its contractual or other relationship with the Company; or	
 
 	(iii)	 	render to or for any Client any services of the type rendered by the Company; or	
 
 	(iv)	 	employ as an employee or retain as a consultant any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months was, an employee of or consultant to the Company (unless the Company had terminated the employment or engagement of such employee or exclusive consultant prior to the time of the alleged prohibited conduct), or persuade or attempt to persuade any employee of or consultant to the Company to leave the employ of the Company or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company.	
 
 	(c)	 	Non-Disclosure.  Executive has entered into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 
 	(d)	 	Reasonable.  Executive agrees and acknowledges that the time limitation on the restrictions in this Section 7, combined with the geographic scope, is reasonable.  Executive also acknowledges and agrees that this provision is reasonably necessary for the protection of Proprietary Information, that through her Employment she shall receive adequate consideration for any loss of opportunity associated with the provisions herein, and that these provisions provide a reasonable way of protecting the Company’s business value which will be imparted to him.  If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.	
 
 	8.	 	Successors.	
 
 	(a)	 	Company’s Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which becomes bound by this Agreement.	
 
 	(b)	 	Employee’s Successors.    This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.	
 
 	9.	 	Taxes.	
6

 

 	(a)	 	Withholding Taxes.    All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes or other deductions required to be withheld by law.	
 
 	(b)	 	Tax Advice.    Executive is encouraged to obtain her own tax advice regarding her compensation from the Company.  Executive agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes Executive’s tax liabilities, and Executive shall not make any claim against the Company or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from Executive’s compensation.	
 
 	(c)	 	Parachute Taxes.    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) to be made to Executive would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”): (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.  All determinations to be made under this subparagraph (c) shall be made by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company before the date of the Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”).  In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for Executive pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and the amount of her potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder. To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this subparagraph (c), such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this subparagraph (c) shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm from any and all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations pursuant to this subparagraph (c), except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm. 	
 
 	(d)	 	Section 409A.    Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  If the Company determines that Executive
7	

 

is a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of her Separation, then (i) the severance payments under Section 6, to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, shall commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from Executive’s Separation, or (B) the date of Executive’s death, and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when such payments commence. 	
 
 	10.	 	Definitions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Cause.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	An unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	A  material breach by Executive of any material agreement between Executive and the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	A  material failure by Executive to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;	
 
 	(iv)	 	Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof;	
 
 	(v)	 	Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct which causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(vi)	 	A continued failure by Executive to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board; or	
 
 	(vii)	 	A failure by Executive to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation	
 
 	(b)	 	Change in Control.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of:	
 
 	(i)	 	The acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's stock that, together with other stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	The replacement of a majority of the members of the Board, during any 12-month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election; or	
8

 

 	(iv)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's assets having a total gross fair market value (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) of 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.	
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets).
 	(c)	 	Client.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Client” shall mean (i) anyone who is a client of the Company as of, or at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, the termination of Executive’s employment, but only if Executive had a direct relationship with, supervisory responsibility for or otherwise were involved with such client during Executive’s employment with the Company and (ii) any prospective client to whom the Company made a new business presentation (or similar offering of services) at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, or six-month period immediately following, Executive’s employment termination (but only if initial discussions between the Company and such prospective client relating to the rendering of services occurred prior to the termination date, and only if Executive participated in or supervised such presentation and/or its preparation or the discussions leading up to it). 	
 
 	(d)	 	Code.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.	
 
 	(e)	 	Company.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Company” shall include Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates.	
 
 	(f)	 	Good Reason.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	a  change in Executive’s position with the Company that materially reduces her level of authority or responsibility;	
 
 	(ii)	 	a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% unless pursuant to a Company-wide salary reduction affecting all Executives proportionately;	
 
 	(iii)	 	relocation of Executive’s principal workplace by more than 50 miles from such workplace;	
 
 	(iv)	 	a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Executive immediately prior to such reduction; or	
 
 	(v)	 	a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Executive is
9	

 

entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced, unless such reduction is made in connection with a reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits of employees of the Company generally.	
 
A  condition shall not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of such condition within 90 days after such condition comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy such condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice.  In addition, Executive’s resignation must occur within 12 months after the condition comes into existence.
 	(g)	 	Involuntary Termination.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean either (i) the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, or (ii) Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs.	
 
 	(h)	 	Permanent Disability.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.	
 
 	(i)	 	Proprietary Information.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Proprietary Information” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company.  By way of illustration but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes (i) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; and (ii) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. 	
 
 	(j)	 	Restricted Business.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Business” shall mean the design, development, marketing or sales of software, or any other process, system, product, or service marketed, sold or under development by the Company at the time Executive’s employment with the Company ends, whether during or after the Term.	
 
 	(k)	 	Restricted Territory.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Territory” shall mean any state, county, or locality in the United States or around the world in which the Company conducts business.	
 
 	(l)	 	Separation.  For all purposes under this Employment Agreement, “Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.	
 
 	(m)	 	Solicit.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “solicit” shall mean (i) active solicitation of any Client or Company employee; (ii) the provision of information regarding any Client or Company employee to any third party where such information could be useful to such third
10	

 

party in attempting to obtain business from such Client or attempting to hire any such Company employee; (iii) participation in any meetings, discussions, or other communications with any third party regarding any Client or Company employee where the purpose or effect of such meeting, discussion or communication is to obtain business from such Client or employ such Company employee; and (iv) any other passive use of information about any Client or Company employee which has the purpose or effect of assisting a third party or causing harm to the business of the Company. 	
 
 	11.	 	Miscellaneous Provisions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Notice.    Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, when delivered by FedEx with delivery charges prepaid, or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that she most recently communicated to the Company in writing.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.	
 
 	(b)	 	Modifications and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.	
 
 	(c)	 	Whole Agreement.    This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between Executive and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein.    	
 
 	(d)	 	Choice of Law and Severability.    This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (except their provisions governing the choice of law).  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.  If any provision of this Agreement is rendered illegal by any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation (collectively the “Law”), then such provision shall be curtailed or limited only to the minimum extent necessary to bring such provision into compliance with the Law.  All the other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation.	
 
 	(e)	 	No Assignment.  This Agreement and all rights and obligations of Executive hereunder are personal to Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by Executive at any time.  The
11	

 

Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any entity that assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder in connection with any sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s assets to such entity.	
 
 	(f)	 	Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.	
 
 	(g)	 	Survival.  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 7 shall survive, and remaining binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the termination of this Agreement the termination of Executive’s Employment hereunder or otherwise, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provision. 	

12

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 	
 \s\ KAREN ROSENBERGER	
Karen Rosenberger	
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.	
 	
By: \s\ STEPHEN G. WALDIS	
Stephen G. Waldis	
Chief Executive Officer	
 
13

Exhibit 10.13
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is entered into as of January 1, 2015, by and between Robert Garcia (the “Executive”) and Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”). Except as otherwise provided herein, defined terms are set forth in Section 10 below.    
 	1.	 	Duties and Scope of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Position.    For the term of his employment under this Agreement (the “Employment”), the Company agrees to continue to employ Executive in the position of President and Chief Operating Officer.  Executive shall report to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.  Executive’s principal workplace shall be in Bridgewater, New Jersey and shall be in such principal workplace a minimum of four days during each business week unless Executive is traveling to customers, investor or business meetings or for other work-related reasons or as otherwise agreed by the Company and Executive.	
 
 	(b)	 	Obligations to the Company.  During his Employment, Executive shall (i) devote his full business efforts and time to the Company, (ii) not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity that would create a conflict of interest with the Company, (iii) not assist any person or entity in competing with the Company or in preparing to compete with the Company, and (iv) comply with the Company’s policies and rules, as they may be in effect from time to time.	
 
 	(c)	 	No Conflicting Obligations.    Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is under no obligations or commitments, whether contractual or otherwise, that are inconsistent with his obligations under this Agreement.  Executive represents and warrants that he will not use or disclose, in connection with his Employment, any trade secrets or other proprietary information or intellectual property in which Executive or any other person has any right, title or interest and that his Employment will not infringe or violate the rights of any other person. Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he has returned all property and confidential information belonging to any prior employer.	
 
 	(d)	 	Commencement Date.    Executive has previously commenced full-time Employment.  This Agreement shall govern the terms of Executive’s Employment effective as of January 1, 2015 (the “Commencement Date”) through the Term (as defined in Section 5(a) below).	
 
 	2.	 	Compensation.	
 
 	(a)	 	Salary.    The Company shall pay Executive as compensation for his services a base salary at a gross annual rate of not less than $424,360.  Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll procedures.  (The annual compensation specified in this Subsection (a), together with any increases in such compensation that the Company may grant from time to time, is referred to in this Agreement as “Base Salary.”).	
 
 	(b)	 	Incentive Bonuses.    Executive shall be eligible for an annual incentive bonus with a target amount equal to 80% of his Base Salary (the “Target Bonus”).  Executive’s bonus (if any)
 
1	

 

shall be awarded based on criteria established by the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) or its Compensation Committee.  Executive shall not be entitled to an incentive bonus if he is not employed by the Company on the last day of the fiscal year for which such bonus is payable or is provided notice of termination under Section 5(b) prior to such time.  Any bonus for a fiscal year shall be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal year.  The determinations of the Board or its Compensation Committee with respect to such bonus shall be final and binding. 	
 
 	3.	 	Paid Time Off and Employee Benefits.  During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible for paid time off in accordance with the Company’s paid time off policy, as it may be amended from time to time, with a minimum of 20 paid time off days per year, plus three floating holidays.  During his Employment, Executive shall be eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans maintained by the Company, subject in each case to the generally applicable terms and conditions of the plan in question and to the determinations of any person or committee administering such plan.	
 
 	4.	 	Business Expenses.    During his Employment, Executive shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with his duties hereunder.  The Company shall reimburse Executive for such expenses upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies; provided, however, in the event that Executive’s residence is not in Bridgewater, New Jersey, Executive shall not incur any expenses in traveling to or staying in Bridgewater, New Jersey.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, except to the extent any expense or reimbursement provided pursuant to this Agreement does not constitute a “deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, (a) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement provided to Executive during any calendar year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits provided to Executive in any other calendar year, (b) the reimbursements for expenses for which Executive is entitled to be reimbursed shall be made on or before the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the applicable expense is incurred and (c) the right to payment or reimbursement hereunder may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit.    	
 
 	5.	 	Term of Employment.	
 
 	(a)	 	Employment Term.    The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the Company in the position and with the duties and responsibilities described in Section 1 for the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending upon the earlier of (i) December 31, 2017, and (ii) the date Executive’s Employment is terminated in accordance with Section 5(b) (the “Term”).  After the initial term of this Agreement, Executive’s Employment shall be “at will” and either Executive or the Company shall be entitled to terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.  However, this Agreement will not govern the terms of Executive’s employment after the Term; provided, however, that Sections 1(b), 7, 8(a), 10(g), (h) and (i), and 11 shall survive the expiration of the Term.	
 
 	(b)	 	Termination of Employment.  The Company may terminate Executive’s Employment at any time and for any reason (or no reason), and with or without Cause, by giving Executive
2	

 

30 days’ advance notice in writing.  Executive may terminate his Employment by giving the Company 30 days’ advance notice in writing.  The Company shall have the right at any time during such 30-day period, to relieve Executive of his offices, duties and responsibilities and place him on a paid leave-of-absence status, provided that during such notice period, Executive shall remain a full-time employee of the Company and shall continue to receive his then current salary compensation and other benefits as provided in this Agreement.  Executive’s Employment shall terminate automatically in the event of his death.  The termination of Executive’s Employment shall not limit or otherwise affect his obligations under Section 7.	
 
 	(c)	 	Rights Upon Termination.    Upon Executive’s termination of Employment for any reason, Executive shall be entitled to the compensation, benefits and reimbursements described in Sections 1, 2, 3, and 4 for the period preceding the effective date of such termination.  Upon the termination of Executive’s Employment under certain circumstances, Executive may be entitled to additional severance pay benefits described in Section 6.  The payments under this Agreement shall fully discharge all responsibilities of the Company to Executive.  This Agreement shall terminate when all obligations of the parties hereunder have been satisfied.	
 
 	(d)	 	Rights Upon Death.    If Executive’s Employment ends due to death, Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to his target bonus for the fiscal year in which his death occurred, prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year.  All amounts under this Section 5(d) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s date of death.    	
 
 	(e)	 	Rights Upon Permanent Disability.    If Executive’s Employment ends due to Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, Executive shall be entitled to receive (i) an amount equal to his Target Bonus for the fiscal year in which his Employment ended, prorated based on the number of days he was employed by the Company during that fiscal year, and (ii) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  The amounts payable under this Section 5(e) shall be paid on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation.	
 
 	6.	 	Termination Benefits.	
 
 	(a)	 	Preconditions.    Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections (b) and (c) below shall not apply unless Executive:	
 
 	(i)	 	Has executed (or, with respect to Section 5(d), the executor or his estate has executed) a general release of all claims Executive (or his executor or estate) may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company (substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A) (the “Release”);	
 
 	(ii)	 	Complies with Executive’s obligations under Section 7 of this Agreement;	
 
 	(iii)	 	Has returned all property of the Company in Executive’s possession; and	
3

 

 	(iv)	 	If requested by the Board, has resigned as a member of the Board and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of the Company, to the extent applicable.	
 
Executive must execute and return the Release within the period of time set forth in the Release (the “Release Deadline”).  The Release Deadline will in no event be later than 50 days after Executive’s Separation.  If Executive fails to return the Release on or before the Release Deadline or if Executive revokes the Release, then Executive will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 6.    
 	(b)	 	Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control.    If, during the term of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs or the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) one and one-half times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment, (ii) his average annual bonus based on the actual amounts received in the immediately preceding two years and (iii) the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive Employment is terminated for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability or Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason under this Subsection (b) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use his Target Bonus in the year of termination if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act).    	
 
 	(c)	 	Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control.    If, during the term of this Agreement and within 24 months following a Change in Control, Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination, then (i) the Company shall pay Executive a lump sum severance payment equal to (x) two times his Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination of Employment plus two times Executive’s average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and (y) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on behalf of Executive and his eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which Executive and his eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation and (ii) the vesting of all stock options and shares of restricted stock granted by the Company and held by Executive shall be accelerated in full as of the date of the Involuntary Termination.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that Executive is subject to an Involuntary Termination
4	

 

under this Subsection (c) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use his Target Bonus in the year of the Involuntary Termination if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company and the actual bonus Executive received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (c) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (c) shall be reduced by the amount of any severance pay or pay in lieu of notice that Executive receives from the Company under a federal or state statute (including, without limitation, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act).    	
 
 	(d)	 	Commencement of Severance Payments.    Payment of the severance pay provided for under this Agreement will be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after Executive’s Separation, but only if Executive has complied with the release and other preconditions set forth in Subsection (a) (to the extent applicable).    	
 
 	7.	 	Protective Covenants.	
 
 	(a)	 	Non–Competition.    As one of the Company’s executive and management personnel and officer, Executive has acquired extensive and valuable knowledge and confidential information concerning the business of the Company, including certain trade secrets the Company wishes to protect. Executive further acknowledges that during his employment he will have access to and knowledge of Proprietary Information.  To protect the Company’s Proprietary Information, and in consideration of this Agreement, Executive agrees that during his employment with the Company and for a period of twelve (12) months after the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, whether under this Agreement or otherwise (the “Restricted Period”), he will not directly or indirectly engage in (whether as an employee, consultant, proprietor, partner, director or otherwise), have any ownership interest in, or participate in the financing, operation, management or control of, any person, firm, corporation or business that engages in a Restricted Business in a Restricted Territory.  It is agreed that ownership of (i) no more than one percent (1%) of the outstanding voting stock of a publicly traded corporation or (ii) any stock he presently owns shall not constitute a violation of this Section.	
 
 	(b)	 	Non-Solicitation and Non-Servicing.    During his employment with the Company and continuing until the Restricted Period, Executive shall not directly or indirectly, personally or through others,	
 
 	(i)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any Client of the Company to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending its contractual or other relationship with the Company in regard to the purchase or licensing of products or services manufactured, marketed, licensed or sold by the Company, or to become a Client of or enter into any contractual or other relationship with Executive or any other individual, person or entity in regard to the purchase or license of products or services similar or identical to those manufactured, marketed or sold by the Company; or	
 
 	(ii)	 	attempt in any manner to solicit, persuade or induce any individual, person or entity
5	

 

which is, or at any time during Executive’s employment with the Company was, a supplier of any product or service to the Company or vendor of the Company (whether as a distributor, agent, employee or otherwise) to terminate, reduce or refrain from renewing or extending his, her or its contractual or other relationship with the Company; or	
 
 	(iii)	 	render to or for any Client any services of the type rendered by the Company; or	
 
 	(iv)	 	employ as an employee or retain as a consultant any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months was, an employee of or consultant to the Company (unless the Company had terminated the employment or engagement of such employee or exclusive consultant prior to the time of the alleged prohibited conduct), or persuade or attempt to persuade any employee of or consultant to the Company to leave the employ of the Company or to become employed as an employee or retained as a consultant by anyone other than the Company.	
 
 	(c)	 	Non-Disclosure.    Executive has entered into a Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement with the Company, which is incorporated herein by reference.	
 
 	(d)	 	Reasonable.    Executive agrees and acknowledges that the time limitation on the restrictions in this Section 7, combined with the geographic scope, is reasonable.  Executive also acknowledges and agrees that this provision is reasonably necessary for the protection of Proprietary Information, that through his Employment he shall receive adequate consideration for any loss of opportunity associated with the provisions herein, and that these provisions provide a reasonable way of protecting the Company’s business value which will be imparted to him.  If any restriction set forth in this Section 7 is found by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because it extends for too long a period of time or over too great a range of activities or in too broad a geographic area, it shall be interpreted to extend only over the maximum period of time, range of activities or geographic area as to which it may be enforceable.	
 
 	8.	 	Successors.	
 
 	(a)	 	Company’s Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets.  For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” shall include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which becomes bound by this Agreement.	
 
 	(b)	 	Employee’s Successors.    This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.	
 
 	9.	 	Taxes.	
 
 	(a)	 	Withholding Taxes.    All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes or other deductions required to be withheld by law.	
6

 

 	(b)	 	Tax Advice.    Executive is encouraged to obtain his own tax advice regarding his compensation from the Company.  Executive agrees that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes Executive’s tax liabilities, and Executive shall not make any claim against the Company or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from Executive’s compensation.	
 
 	(c)	 	Parachute Taxes.    Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (“Total Payments”) to be made to Executive would otherwise exceed the amount (the “Safe Harbor Amount”) that could be received by Executive without the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of Code, then the Total Payments shall be reduced to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to assure that their aggregate present value, as determined in accordance the applicable provisions of Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder, does not exceed the greater of the following dollar amounts (the “Benefit Limit”): (i) the Safe Harbor Amount, or (ii) the greatest after-tax amount payable to Executive after taking into account any excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code on the Total Payments.  All determinations to be made under this subparagraph (c) shall be made by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Company before the date of the Change in Control (the “Accounting Firm”).  In determining whether such Benefit Limit is exceeded, the Accounting Firm shall make a reasonable determination of the value to be assigned to the restrictive covenants in effect for Executive pursuant to Section 7 of this Agreement, and the amount of his potential parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code shall be reduced by the value of those restrictive covenants to the extent consistent with Section 280G of the Code and the regulations thereunder. To the extent a reduction to the Total Payments is required to be made in accordance with this subparagraph (c), such reduction and/or cancellation of acceleration of equity awards shall occur in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  In the event that acceleration of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting also shall be canceled in the order that provides the maximum economic benefit to Executive.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any reduction shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 409A of the Code and where two economically equivalent amounts are subject to reduction but payable at different times, such amounts shall be reduced on a pro rata basis but not below zero.  All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing the determinations referred to in this subparagraph (c) shall be borne solely by the Company.  The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Accounting Firm from any and all claims, damages and expenses resulting from or relating to its determinations pursuant to this subparagraph (c), except for claims, damages or expenses resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Accounting Firm. 	
 
 	(d)	 	Section 409A.    Each payment made under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment and the right to a series of installment payments under this Agreement is to be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.  If the Company determines that Executive is a “specified employee” under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code at the time of his Separation, then (i) the severance payments under Section 6, to the extent that they are subject to Section 409A of the Code, shall commence on the first business day following (A) expiration of the six-month period measured from Executive’s Separation, or (B) the date of
7	

 

Executive’s death, and (ii) the installments that otherwise would have been paid prior to such date will be paid in a lump sum when such payments commence.    	
 
 	10.	 	Definitions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Cause.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	An unauthorized use or disclosure by Executive of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets, which use or disclosure causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	A  material breach by Executive of any material agreement between Executive and the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	A  material failure by Executive to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;	
 
 	(iv)	 	Executive’s conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof;	
 
 	(v)	 	Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct which causes material harm to the Company;	
 
 	(vi)	 	A continued failure by Executive to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board; or	
 
 	(vii)	 	A failure by Executive to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested Executive’s cooperation	
 
 	(b)	 	Change in Control.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of:	
 
 	(i)	 	The acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's stock that, together with other stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(ii)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company;	
 
 	(iii)	 	The replacement of a majority of the members of the Board, during any 12-month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election; or	
 
 	(iv)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's assets having a total gross fair market value (determined without regard to any liabilities associated
8	

 

with such assets) of 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.	
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets).
 	(c)	 	Client.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Client” shall mean (i) anyone who is a client of the Company as of, or at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, the termination of Executive’s employment, but only if Executive had a direct relationship with, supervisory responsibility for or otherwise were involved with such client during Executive’s employment with the Company and (ii) any prospective client to whom the Company made a new business presentation (or similar offering of services) at any time during the one-year period immediately preceding, or six-month period immediately following, Executive’s employment termination (but only if initial discussions between the Company and such prospective client relating to the rendering of services occurred prior to the termination date, and only if Executive participated in or supervised such presentation and/or its preparation or the discussions leading up to it). 	
 
 	(d)	 	Code.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.	
 
 	(e)	 	Company.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Company” shall include Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries and affiliates.	
 
 	(f)	 	Good Reason.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:	
 
 	(i)	 	a  change in Executive’s position with the Company that materially reduces her level of authority or responsibility;	
 
 	(ii)	 	a reduction in Executive’s base salary by more than 10% unless pursuant to a Company-wide salary reduction affecting all Executives proportionately;	
 
 	(iii)	 	relocation of Executive’s principal workplace by more than 50 miles from such workplace;	
 
 	(iv)	 	a substantial reduction, without good business reasons, of the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to Executive immediately prior to such reduction; or	
 
 	(v)	 	a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which Executive is entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that Executive’s overall benefits package is significantly reduced, unless such reduction is made in connection with a reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits of employees of the Company generally.	
9

 

A  condition shall not be considered “Good Reason” unless Executive gives the Company written notice of such condition within 90 days after such condition comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy such condition within 30 days after receiving Executive’s written notice.  In addition, Executive’s resignation must occur within 12 months after the condition comes into existence.
 	(g)	 	Involuntary Termination.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean either (i) the Company terminates Executive’s Employment with the Company for a reason other than death, Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, or (ii) Executive resigns his Employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs.	
 
 	(h)	 	Permanent Disability.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Permanent Disability” shall mean Executive’s inability to perform the essential functions of Executive’s position, with or without reasonable accommodation, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days because of a physical or mental impairment.	
 
 	(i)	 	Proprietary Information.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Proprietary Information” shall mean any and all confidential and/or proprietary knowledge, data or information of the Company.  By way of illustration but not limitation, Proprietary Information includes (i) trade secrets, inventions, mask works, ideas, processes, formulas, source and object codes, data, programs, other works of authorship, know how, improvements, discoveries, developments, designs and techniques; and (ii) information regarding plans for research, development, new products, marketing and selling, business plans, budgets and unpublished financial statements, licenses, prices and costs, suppliers and customers; and (iii) information regarding the skills and compensation of other employees of the Company. 	
 
 	(j)	 	Restricted Business.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Business” shall mean the design, development, marketing or sales of software, or any other process, system, product, or service marketed, sold or under development by the Company at the time Executive’s employment with the Company ends, whether during or after the Term.	
 
 	(k)	 	Restricted Territory.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “Restricted Territory” shall mean any state, county, or locality in the United States or around the world in which the Company conducts business.	
 
 	(l)	 	Separation.  For all purposes under this Employment Agreement, “Separation” means a “separation from service,” as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.	
 
 	(m)	 	Solicit.  For all purposes under this Agreement, “solicit” shall mean (i) active solicitation of any Client or Company employee; (ii) the provision of information regarding any Client or Company employee to any third party where such information could be useful to such third party in attempting to obtain business from such Client or attempting to hire any such Company employee; (iii) participation in any meetings, discussions, or other communications with any third party regarding any Client or Company employee where the purpose or effect of such meeting, discussion or communication is to obtain business from
10	

 

such Client or employ such Company employee; and (iv) any other passive use of information about any Client or Company employee which has the purpose or effect of assisting a third party or causing harm to the business of the Company. 	
 
 	11.	 	Miscellaneous Provisions.	
 
 	(a)	 	Notice.    Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, when delivered by FedEx with delivery charges prepaid, or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid.  In the case of Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him at the home address that she most recently communicated to the Company in writing.  In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.	
 
 	(b)	 	Modifications and Waivers.  No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive).  No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.	
 
 	(c)	 	Whole Agreement.    This Agreement and the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement supersede and replace any prior agreements, representations or understandings (whether oral or written and whether express or implied) between Executive and the Company and constitute the complete agreement between Executive and the Company regarding the subject matter set forth herein.    	
 
 	(d)	 	Choice of Law and Severability.    This Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New Jersey (except their provisions governing the choice of law).  If any provision of this Agreement becomes or is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any applicable jurisdiction by reason of the scope, extent or duration of its coverage, then such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to conform to applicable law so as to be valid and enforceable or, if such provision cannot be so amended without materially altering the intention of the parties, then such provision shall be stricken and the remainder of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.  If any provision of this Agreement is rendered illegal by any present or future statute, law, ordinance or regulation (collectively the “Law”), then such provision shall be curtailed or limited only to the minimum extent necessary to bring such provision into compliance with the Law.  All the other terms and provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect without impairment or limitation.	
 
 	(e)	 	No Assignment.  This Agreement and all rights and obligations of Executive hereunder are personal to Executive and may not be transferred or assigned by Executive at any time.  The Company may assign its rights under this Agreement to any entity that assumes the Company’s obligations hereunder in connection with any sale or transfer of all or a substantial portion of the Company’s assets to such entity.	
 
11

 

 	(f)	 	Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.	
 
 	(g)	 	Survival.  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 7 shall survive, and remaining binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the Term, the termination of this Agreement the termination of Executive’s Employment hereunder or otherwise, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provision. 	

12

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.

 	
 \s\ ROBERT GARCIA	
Robert Garcia	
SYNCHRONOSS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.	
 	
By: \s\ STEPHEN G. WALDIS	
Stephen G. Waldis	
Chief Executive Officer	
 
13

Exhibit 10.14
February 19, 2014
 
PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL
 
Chris Halbard
Bowland House
Lewis Lane
Chalfont St Peter
SL99TS
Bucks
UK
 
Dear Chris,
 
We are pleased to extend you this offer of employment with Synchronoss Technologies UK Ltd. (the “Company”) as set forth in the Employment Contract (the “Agreement”) below and subject to the following conditions.  This offer will remain in effect until February 19, 2014 and may be accepted by countersigning where indicated at the end of this letter. This offer is conditional upon us receiving written references which satisfy us and any further verifications or checks as the Company performs in the normal course for the position offered. This offer is contingent on you providing the Company with proof of permission to work in the U.K.
 
EMPLOYMENT CONTRACT
 
This Agreement sets out the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company in your position of Executive Vice President and President, International reporting to Bob Garcia and contains information which the Company is obliged to give you under sections of the Employment Rights Act 1996.
 
 	1.	 	Commencement of Employment	
 
 	1.1	 	Your employment with the Company will begin on February 19, 2014.  No employment with a previous employer counts towards your employment with the Company.	
 
 	1.2	 	You warrant that you are entitled to work in the United Kingdom in the capacity for which you are being hired by the Company and will continue to be so entitled throughout your employment with the Company.  You will as and when requested provide original documents to the Company evidencing your ability to work in the position of Executive Vice President and President, International in the United Kingdom and as a pre-condition of your employment with the Company, you will provide to the Company, before you commence your employment, a copy of your passport. If you do not hold a UK passport, a passport from a country within the European Economic Area (EEA), or a passport from a non-EEA country which gives you the unrestricted right to work in the UK.  In addition, the Company will discuss with you what additional documents, if any, it will need to see as evidence of your ability to accept legal employment in the UK in accordance with the Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006 to the satisfaction of the Company.	
 
 	2.	 	Definitions & Interpretations	
 
 	2.1	 	In this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, words and phrases shall have the following meanings:	
 
 	i)	 	“Basic Salary” means the salary set out in clause 4.1 as may be increased from time to time by the Company;	
 
 	ii)	 	“Cause” means:	
 
 	(a)	 	An unauthorized use or disclosure by you of the Company’s confidential information or trade
 
1	

 

secrets;	

 	(b)	 	A material breach by you of any material agreement between you and the Company;	

 	(c)	 	A material failure by you to comply with the Company’s written policies or rules;	

 	(d)	 	Your conviction of, or plea of “guilty” or “no contest” to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, or any unspent conviction or Caution under the laws of the UK of a nature or level of seriousness that brings you or the Company into disrepute or calls into question your suitability for the role;	

 	(e)	 	Your gross negligence or willful misconduct;	

 	(f)	 	A continued failure by you to perform reasonably assigned duties after receiving written notification of such failure from the Board; or	

 	(g)	 	A failure by you to cooperate in good faith with a governmental or internal investigation of the Company or its directors, officers or employees, if the Company has requested your cooperation.	
 
 	iii)	 	Change of Control means the occurrence of:	
 
 	(a)	 	The acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's stock that, together with other stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the Company;	

 	(b)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of 30% or more of the total voting power of the Company;	

 	(c)	 	The replacement of a majority of the members of the Board, during any 12-month period, by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board before the date of such appointment or election; or	

 	(d)	 	The acquisition, during a 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition, by a person or persons acting as a group, of the Company's assets having a total gross fair market value (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) of 80% or more of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company (determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets) immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions.	
 
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur unless such transaction also qualifies as an event under US Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) (change in the ownership of a corporation), US Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi) (change in the effective control of a corporation), or US Treas. Reg. §1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii) (change in the ownership of a substantial portion of a corporation's assets).
 
 	iv)	 	“Critical Employee” means any person who is employed or engaged by or seconded or assigned to the Company or any Group Company as at the Relevant Date and who at any time during the Relevant Period was Manager/Director (or equivalent or above in any revised grading structure) or above and;	

 	(a)	 	for whom you have had direct or indirect managerial responsibility or  with whom you had material contact or dealings during the course of your employment; and	

 	(b)	 	who had material contact with Customers or Prospective Customers or Suppliers in performing his/her duties of employment with the Company or any Group Company; or	

 	(c)	 	who is in possession of Confidential Information about Customers or Prospective Customers or Suppliers;	
 
 	v)	 	“Customer” means any person, firm, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever to which the Company or any Group Company distributed, sold or supplied goods or services which are the same as or similar to the Restricted Goods or Restricted Services during the Relevant Period and with which, during that period:	

 	(a)	 	you, or	

 	(b)	 	any employee under your direct or indirect supervision,	
 
had material dealings in the course of employment with the Company or any Group Company, or about whom you were in possession of Confidential Information, but always excluding therefrom any division, branch or office of such person, firm, company or other organisation whatsoever with which you and/or
2

 

any such employee had no dealings during that period;
 
 	vi)	 	“Good Reason” means:	

 	(a)	 	a change in your position with the Company that materially reduces your level of authority or responsibility;	

 	(b)	 	a reduction in your base salary by more than 10% unless pursuant to a Company-wide salary reduction affecting all executives proportionately;	

 	(c)	 	relocation of your principal workplace by more than 50 miles;	

 	(d)	 	a substantial reduction, without material business reasons, of financial, physical and/or human resources, as well as the facilities and perquisites (including office space and location) available to you immediately prior to such reduction; or	

 	(e)	 	a material reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits to which you are entitled immediately prior to such reduction with the result that your overall benefits package is significantly reduced, unless such reduction is made in connection with a reduction in the kind or level of employee benefits of employees of the Company generally.\	
 
A condition shall not be considered “Good Reason” unless you give the Company written notice of such condition within 90 days after such condition comes into existence and the Company fails to remedy such condition within 30 days after receiving your written notice.  In addition, your resignation must occur within 12 months after the condition comes into existence.
 
 	vii)	 	“Group Company” means any company which is for the time being a subsidiary or a holding company of the Company or a subsidiary of any such company (as “subsidiary” and “holding company” are defined in the Companies Act 2006) or which is an associated company of any such company (as “associated company” is defined in the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 as amended);	
 
 	viii)	 	“Intellectual Property Rights” means all copyrights and related rights, patents, utility models, trademarks, rights in designs, rights in data, database rights and rights in computer software, moral rights, rights in Confidential Information (including know how and trade secrets), rights in designs and Inventions, trade, business and company names, internet domain names, e-mail addresses and rights in get up and goodwill including the right to sue for passing off or unfair competition, in each case whether registered or unregistered or the subject of a pending application for registration and all other intellectual property rights or rights of a similar nature or any other form of protection which subsists in the past, present or future anywhere in the world in any work, Invention or any other similar thing created by you (including in conjunction with any third party) in the course of your employment by the Company or a Group Company;	
 
 	ix)	 	“Involuntary Termination” means either (i) the Company terminates your employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a separation occurs, or (ii) you resign your employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs.	
 
 	x)	 	“Permanent Disability” means your inability to perform the essential functions of your position, with or without a reasonable adjustment, for a period of at least 120 consecutive days or 200 days within any rolling 365-day period, because of a physical or mental impairment.	
 
 	xi)	 	“Prospective Customer” means any person, firm, company or other organisation whatsoever with which the Company or any Group Company had discussions during the Relevant Period regarding the possible distribution, sale or supply of goods or services which are the same as or similar to the Restricted Goods or Restricted Services and with which, during such period:	

 	(a)	 	you, or	

 	(b)	 	any employee who was under your direct or indirect supervision,	
 
had material dealings in the course of employment by the Company or any Group Company, or about whom you were in possession of Confidential Information, but always excluding therefrom any division, branch or office of that person with which you and/or any such employee had no dealings during that period;
 
3

 

 	xii)	 	“Recognised Investment Exchange” means a recognised investment exchange or an overseas investment exchange each as defined by section 285 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;	
 
 	xiii)	 	“Relevant Period” means the period of 12 months immediately preceding the start of the Restricted Period;	
 
 	xiv)	 	“Restricted Area” means the United Kingdom, any country within the European Union and any other country in the world where the Company or any Group Company is providing or supplying, or is planning to provide or supply, any goods or services which are the same as or similar to the Restricted Goods or Restricted Services and in or for which, during the course of your employment:	

 	(a)	 	you, or	

 	(b)	 	any employee under your direct or indirect supervision,	
 
performed material duties for the Company or relevant Group Company;
 
 	xv)	 	“Restricted Goods” means:	
 
 	(a)	 	any products provided by the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or which the Company or any Group Company has planned to start providing within six months of the Termination Date including, without limitation, activation and content management services researched into, developed, manufactured, distributed or sold by the Company or any Group Company; and	

 	(b)	 	with which your duties were materially concerned or for which you, or any employee who was under your direct or indirect supervision, were responsible during the Relevant Period,	
 
or any products of the same type or materially similar to such products;
 
 	xvi)	 	“Restricted Period” means the period commencing on the Termination Date, or the date when you commence Garden Leave, or such date on which you cease providing services to the Company if earlier, and continuing for 12 months in respect of the Non-Competition Clause 12 months in respect of the Non-Solicitation of Customers, Employees and Suppliers Clauses thereafter;	
 
 	xvii)	 	“Restricted Services” means:	
 
 	(a)	 	any services provided or supplied by the Company or any Group Company as at the Termination Date or which the Company or any Group Company has planned to start providing or supplying within six months of the Termination Date including without limitation, activation and content management services;  and	

 	(b)	 	with which your duties were materially concerned or for which you, or any employee who was under your direct or indirect supervision, were responsible during the Relevant Period;	
 
or any services of the same type or materially similar to such services;
 
 	xviii)	 	“Supplier” means any supplier, agent, distributor or other person who, during the Relevant Period was in the habit of dealing with the Company or any Group Company and with which, during that period, you, or any employee under your direct or indirect supervision, had material dealings in the course of employment with the Company;	
 
 	xix)	 	“Securities” means any shares, debentures (whether or not secured), warrants or options to purchase any shares or debentures;	
 
 	xx)	 	“Separation” means the termination of your employment with the Company for whatever reason and howsoever arising, whether lawfully or unlawfully; and	
 
 	xxi)	 	“Termination Date” means the date upon which your employment with the Company terminates
4	

 

for whatever reason and howsoever arising, whether lawfully or unlawfully.	
 
 	2.2	 	The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect its construction or interpretation.	
 
 	2.3	 	The various provisions, sub-provisions and other identifiable parts of this Agreement are severable and if any provision, sub-provision or other identifiable part is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability will not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions, sub-provisions or other identifiable parts of this Agreement.	
 
 	2.4	 	Any reference to one gender includes a reference to another gender and any reference which denotes the singular shall where the context permits include the plural and vice versa.	
 
 	2.5	 	Any reference in this Agreement to a person shall where the context permits include a reference to a body corporate and to any unincorporated body of persons.	
 
 	2.6	 	Any reference in this Agreement to a particular law including a statutory provision is a reference to it as is in force for the time being taking account of any amendment, notification, extension or re-enactment and includes any subordinate legislation for the time being in force made under it.	
 
 	3.	 	Job Title and Capacity	
 
 	3.1	 	You will be employed in the position of Executive Vice President and President, International subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  The Company reserves the right to require you at any time during your employment to undertake any duties which are reasonably consistent with your status and you shall devote the whole of your time, attention and skill as may reasonably be required to the performance of your duties.  You agree at all times to comply with the Company’s rules, regulations, policies and procedures from time to time in force.	
 
 	3.2	 	Due to the seniority of your position, you owe fiduciary duties to both the Company and any other Group Company.  This means that in the event of any conflict between your own interests and those of the Company, you must put the Company’s interests first.	
 
 	4.	 	Basic Salary	
 
 	4.1	 	The Company shall pay you a total Basic Salary of £285,000 per annum less all lawful deductions, such as income tax and National Insurance,  payable in equal monthly instalments currently paid direct to your bank account.  The Basic Salary will be reviewed annually in line with the Company practices.  Salary will not be reviewed after notice of termination of employment has been given or received. There is no contractual entitlement to any increase in your Basic Salary.	
 
 	4.2	 	You authorise the Company at any time during your employment and on termination of this Agreement to deduct from your Basic Salary any sums due from you to the Company or any Group Company including, but not limited to, any overpayment of salary or holiday pay, benefits and/or expenses, loans or advances made to you by the Company, the cost of repairing any damage or loss of the Company’s property caused by you (and of recovering it), any monies owed on a corporate credit card or costs incurred due to excessive mobile phone usage where it is deemed to be personal rather than business related.	
 
 	5.	 	Managed Business Objectives (MBO) Bonus	
 
You will participate in the Company’s Managed Business Objectives (MBO) Bonus plan. The current MBO Plan is attached as Exhibit A. It is subject to change from time to time and you will be informed accordingly. Under the current MBO Plan, the Company will pay you a bonus targeted up to 80% of your Basic Salary, subject to meeting individual and company objectives, paid annually.  The MBO Bonus opportunity may exceed the target amount if revenue generation exceeds revenue plan and certain performance based milestones are met but shall not exceed 140% of your Basic Salary; provided however if your calculated MBO Bonus exceeds 140% of your Basic Salary, as additional compensation  you will receive an amount equal to 1% of any recognized net revenue actually received
5

 

for any customer in your international plan over the targeted plan revenue for such customer provided you meet both your revenue and margin targets of your plan for all customers.  
 
 	6.	 	Restricted Stock Awards and Stock Options	
 
 	6.1	 	As described herein, the Company would like to present you an award of 50,000 restricted stock awards (“RSA’s”) and 60,000 options to purchase shares of common stock ("stock options"). This is a one-time grant of RSA’s and stock options under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended (“2006 Plan”).  If such approval is granted by the Company’s Compensation Committee, you will receive additional information including how you can access an electronic copy of the 2006 Plan and equity agreement, which will govern the terms of the RSA’s. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between this letter and the 2006 Plan or your equity agreement, the 2006 Plan and the equity agreement will govern.  The RSAs and stock options will vest 25% on the first anniversary of the grant date.  The RSA’s will vest quarterly and stock options will vest monthly after the first anniversary of the grant date, so that on the fourth anniversary of the grant date the RSA’s and stock options will be fully vested, subject to earlier forfeiture in the event of your separation of employment for any reason by you or by the Company.	
 
 	6.2	 	As a special gesture, the Company will present you a target 30,000 RSA’s which shall be issued within 90 days of the anniversary of the third year of your employment should you achieve the goals and objectives set forth by your manager and attached as Exhibit B. This is a one-time grant of RSA’s under the 2006 Plan, and is made subject to approval should you meet and or exceeds your goals and objectives.  The actually number of RSAs to be issued to you shall be determined based on the parameters of Exhibit B, provided, however, in no event will you receive more than the  maximum number of RSA’s set forth on Exhibit B.  In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between this letter and the 2006 Plan or your equity agreement, the 2006 Plan and the equity agreement will govern.  The RSAs will vest immediately upon issuance should you achieve the goals and objective set forth in Exhibit B, subject to earlier forfeiture in the event of your separation of employment for any reason by you or by the Company.	
 
 	6.3	 	No grant of stock options or RSAs under the 2006 Plan will be made to you until and unless you agree to indemnify the Company in full in respect of any liability of the Company to account for any amount of income tax or primary (employee's) Class I National Insurance contributions arising in respect of the grant, exercise, release, cancellation or other disposal of the stock options, and that you will within 14 days of the end of the income tax month in which such grant, exercise, release, cancellation or other disposal took place, pay to the Company the full amount due in respect of this indemnity.  By signing this letter you agree to indemnify the Company against this liability.  The Company may require security for monies due pursuant to this as a precondition of exercise. Additionally, to the extent the RSA's crystallise a tax liability at the point of vesting and the Employee opts to hold the shares the Company will provide a loan to discharge that tax liability which will be also be subject to the above indemnity.	
 
 	7.	 	Place of Work	
 
 	7.1	 	Your normal place of work is your home address from time to time, which is currently as set out at the top of this Agreement. 	
 
 	7.2	 	You agree to travel (both within and outside of the UK) as may be required for the proper and efficient performance of your duties of employment; including attending the Company’s office for team meetings and monthly meetings with your manager, for supervision or review purposes. 	
 
 	7.3	 	You are required to inform us as soon as possible if you plan to change your home address. 	
 
 	7.4	 	We shall reimburse all reasonable expenses properly and necessarily incurred by you in the course of your employment, including telephone and broadband internet access charges, subject to production of itemised telephone bills and such other evidence as the Company may require.	
 
 	7.5	 	Other terms and conditions of your employment relating to your home working arrangements are set
6	

 

out in Schedule 1.	
 
 	8.	 	Hours of Work	
 
Your normal hours of work are 9:00 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Monday to Friday with one hour for lunch which may be taken between 12:00 and 3:00 p.m.  You will also be required to work such additional hours as may be necessary for the proper and efficient performance of your duties.  There will be no additional payment for hours worked in excess of your normal hours of work.
 
 	9.	 	Working Time	
 
 	9.1	 	You agree that you are to be regarded as a Managing Executive for the purposes of Regulation 20(1) of the Working Time Regulations 1998 (as amended) (the “Regulations”) and that your working time is not measured or pre-determined.  As such, you will be required to work such hours as may be necessary for the proper performance of your duties and you are therefore required to exercise all due professional judgment in determining what hours of work you need to perform in order to discharge your obligation to perform your role to a standard required by the Company.	
 
 	9.2	 	While it is agreed by you and the Company that the unmeasured working time derogation will apply to your role and responsibilities it is agreed that if the Regulations are found to apply to this Agreement pursuant to the terms of Regulation 5(1) of the Regulations, you agree that the maximum average working time of 48 hours for each seven day period which is contained in Regulation 4(1) of the Regulations shall not apply in relation to your employment with the Company under the terms of this Agreement.	
 
 	9.3	 	You may terminate your agreement to opt-out of Regulation 4(1) of the Regulations pursuant to the Clause above at any time by giving three months’ written notice to the Company of termination.  Upon such termination the other terms of your employment under this Agreement will remain in force and will not be affected.	
 
 	10.	 	Holidays	
 
 	10.1	 	The Company’s holiday year runs from 1st January to 31st December.	
 
 	10.2	 	Holiday accrues at the rate of 2.08 days for every completed month of service (equivalent to 25 days’ holiday per annum), and is in addition to UK public and bank holidays. 	
 
 	10.3	 	For the purpose of calculating any holiday pay due to you by the Company, one day's pay shall be 1/260 of your annual salary.	
 
 	10.4	 	In the holiday year in which your employment commences or terminates your holiday entitlement will be calculated on a pro rata basis (rounded up to the nearest half day). For 2014 your pro-rated entitlement will be determined once we have your start date.	
 
 	10.5	 	Upon notice of termination of your employment, the Company may, at its sole discretion, either require you to take any unused holidays accrued at that time during any notice period or may, at its discretion, make a payment in lieu of such holiday entitlement.  If at the date on which the your employment terminates you have taken more of your annual holiday entitlement than your accrued entitlement, the Company may recover any excess payment and you authorise the Company to deduct it from any payments due to you.	
 
 	10.6	 	Unless otherwise agreed by your manager in writing, or as set forth in Company policies as may be in effect at the time, or as required by law,  you may carry no more than 5 days' unused holiday entitlement from one calendar year to March of the following year.  If carry over days are not used they will be lost.	
 
 	10.7	 	Holidays will not accrue during absences where no work is performed, other than during authorised absences for sickness, maternity and paternity leaves where the leave could not reasonably have been
7	

 

used during the holiday year. Employees with planned leaves are expected to arrange to use up their holiday leave in advance of or during a planned absence to avoid carryover of unused holiday entitlement.	
 
 	11.	 	Notification of Absence / Sickness and Sick Pay	
 
 	11.1	 	You will be paid statutory sick pay (SSP) when you are eligible to receive it under the legislation and regulations from time to time in force.	
 
 	11.2	 	You must comply with the Company absence reporting procedures.	
 
 	11.3	 	Not all duties express and implied are suspended during sickness absence. You may be given reasonable and/or lawful instructions during any period of sick leave.  Unreasonable refusal to comply with such an instruction could render you liable to disciplinary action.	
 
 	11.4	 	In the event that you are, by reason of your sickness or other medical incapacity, absent from work and/or unable to perform all of your duties under this Agreement for any period, the Company may, in its sole discretion, reassign any or all of your duties.	
 
 	11.5	 	If you are sick and absent from work, you must take all reasonable steps to assist in improving your health and facilitating your return to work. This includes undertaking any treatment which is reasonably recommended to you by a medical practitioner (including a doctor, nurse, occupational health therapist or consultant).	
 
 	11.6	 	At any stage of sickness absence you may be asked to see a Company nominated doctor, or give permission, (by completing a medical consent form) for your own doctor to provide a medical report to the Company.  You agree that you will undergo a medical examination by a medical practitioner (including a doctor, nurse, occupational health therapist or consultant) appointed by the Company.  Copies of any reports provided to the Company as a result of such an application shall be made available to your own doctor.  The fees and expenses incurred in the provision of such a medical examination and of obtaining access to such health records shall be borne by the Company.	
 
 	11.7	 	If you are absent from work on sick leave and wish to make use of all or part of your unused holiday entitlement, at the discretion of the Company you may be permitted to do so and, if any holiday leave is taken during such period you will be paid for this leave on the usual terms.	
 
 	11.8	 	Any outstanding or prospective entitlement to private medical insurance cover, income protection, or any other benefit will not prevent the Company from exercising its right to terminate your employment for any reason in accordance with this Agreement while you are on authorised sick leave.	
 
 	11.9	 	If the illness, accident or other incapacity has been, or appears to be, caused by the negligence of a third party in respect of which damages are or may be recoverable, you will immediately notify the Company of that fact and of any claim, compromise, settlement or judgment made or awarded in connection with it. You will also give to the Company all particulars that may reasonably be required and will, if required, refund all or such part of the sums paid to you or for your benefit by way of salary, bonus or benefits during the relevant period as the Company may reasonably determine.  The amount to be refunded will not, however, exceed the amount of damages or compensation and interest recovered by you, less any unrecovered costs borne by you in connection with the recovery of such damages or compensation, and will not exceed the total remuneration paid to you by way of salary, bonus and benefits in respect of the period of such illness, accident or other incapacity.	
 
 	12.	 	Benefits	
 
 	12.1	 	You agree to keep your current life assurance, private medical care, critical illness cover and income protection schemes and the Company will reimburse you for the premiums for such schemes.  In the event that the Company in the future initiates company-wide benefits schemes that are equal or better than your personal schemes, you shall cancel your such schemes and participate in the Company schemes at the Company’s cost and expense	
8

 

 	12.2	 	The Company reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to alter, terminate, reduce or substitute any of the above benefits.  The benefits are subject to the rules of the providers and if any scheme provider refuses, for any reason, to provide any benefits to you, or a member of your family, the Company shall not be liable to provide any such benefits itself or compensation in lieu	
 
 	12.3	 	The provision of any such scheme does not in any way prevent the Company from lawfully terminating this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement even if to do so would deprive you of membership of or cover under any such scheme.	
 
 	12.4	 	The Company is not obliged to make payment to you under any of such schemes unless it has received full payment from the scheme providers for that purpose.	
 
 	12.5	 	You shall be entitled to a car allowance of £1,000, which shall be paid monthly through payroll.  Your vehicle is available for private use, however, you are chargeable to PAYE and PRSI in respect of such private use and any business related mileage will be reimbursed at 45p per mile.	
 
 	13.	 	Pension	
 
 	13.1	 	From your first day of your employment, the Company will contribute 10% of your Basic Salary into your Personal Pension Scheme; provided, however, in the event the Company institutes a joint contributory Group Personal Pension Scheme you will be eligible to participate in such scheme instead of the Company’s contribution into your Personal Pension Scheme.	
 
 	13.2	 	The Pension is a contracted-out scheme for the purposes of the Pension Schemes Act 1993.	
 
 	13.3	 	In the event the Company institutes a Pension Scheme, the Pension Scheme shall be kept under review and changes to it may be made from time to time.  The Company reserves the right to terminate or substitute another pension scheme for the Pension Scheme.	
 
 	14.	 	Notice & Termination	
 
 	14.1	 	The Company will give you three months’ notice in order to terminate your employment. You will be required to give the Company three months’ notice in writing to terminate your employment.   Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Subsections (a) and (b) below shall not apply unless you have executed a general release of all claims you may have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company in a form acceptable to the Company, returned all property of the Company in your possession and, if requested by the Board, resigned as a member of the Board and as a member of the boards of directors of all subsidiaries of the Company, to the extent applicable.  You must execute and return the release (including any signature(s) required by your solicitor) within the period of time set forth therein, which date will in no event be later than 50 days after your Separation.  If you fail to return the fully executed release on or before such date or if you revoke the release, then you will not be entitled to the benefits described in this Section 14.1. 	
 
(a)Severance Pay in the Absence of a Change in Control.  If, during the term of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 12 months following a Change in Control, the Company terminates your employment with the Company for a reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability and a Separation occurs, then the Company shall pay you a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) one and one-half times your Basic Salary in effect at the time of the termination of employment, (ii) your average MBO Bonus based on the actual amounts received in the immediately preceding two years and (iii) the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on your behalf and your eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which you and your eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  If, during the term of this Agreement and prior to the occurrence of a Change in Control or more than 12 months following a Change in Control, you resign your employment for Good Reason and a Separation occurs, then the Company shall pay you a lump sum severance payment equal to (i) one times your Basic Salary in effect at the time of the termination of employment (ii) your average annual  MBO Bonus based on the actual  amounts received in the immediately preceding two years and a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on your behalf and your eligible dependents with respect to the
9

 

Company’s health insurance plans in which your and your eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that your employment is terminated for a reason other than Cause or Permanent Disability or you  resign your employment for Good Reason under this Subsection (a) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average MBO Bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use your Target MBO Bonus in the year of Separation if such Separation under this Subsection (a) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company, and the actual MBO Bonus you received during the first year of employment with the Company if such Separation under this Subsection (a) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, in any case, the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (a) shall be reduced by the amount of  any  Payment in Lieu  (as defined in Clause 14.4 below), redundancy pay, or any other severance payment to which you would otherwise be entitled. 
 
(b)Severance Pay in Connection with a Change in Control.  If, during the term of this Agreement and within 12 months following a Change in Control, you are subject to an Involuntary Termination, then (i) the Company shall pay you a lump sum severance payment equal to (x) two times your Basic Salary in effect at the time of the termination of employment plus two times your average MBO Bonus received in the immediately preceding two years and (y) a lump sum amount equal to the product of (A) 24 and (B) the monthly amount the Company was paying on your behalf and your eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which you and your eligible dependents were participants as of the date of Separation, (ii) the vesting of all stock options and shares of restricted stock granted by the Company and held by you shall be accelerated in full as of the Termination Date.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that you are subject to an Involuntary Termination under this Subsection (b) within two years after commencement of employment with the Company, then in lieu of using the average MBO Bonus received in the immediately preceding two years for the above calculation, such calculation shall use your Target MBO Bonus in the year of Separation due to the Involuntary Termination if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the first year of employment with the Company, and the actual MBO Bonus you received during the first year of employment with the Company if such termination under this Subsection (b) occurs in the second year of employment with the Company.  However, you agree that the amount of the severance payment under this Subsection (b) shall be reduced by the amount of any Payment in Lieu (as defined in Clause 14.4 below), redundancy pay, or other severance payment to which you would otherwise be entitled. 
 
Payment of the severance pay provided for under this Agreement will be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date that occurs on or after 60 days after your Separation, but only if you have complied with the release and other preconditions set forth above (to the extent applicable).
 
 	14.2	 	Notwithstanding the sub-Clauses above, the Company may terminate your employment with immediate effect (and without being required to serve notice or make any payment in lieu of notice or other payment) if, at any time, you:	
 
 	14.2.1	 	are guilty of dishonesty, or other gross misconduct, or gross incompetence or wilful neglect of duty, or commit any other serious breach or persistently breach the terms of your employment; or	
 
 	14.2.2	 	act in any manner (whether in the course of your duties or otherwise) which the Company believes is likely to bring you, the Company and/or any Group Company into disrepute or prejudice the interests of the Company or any Group Company; or	
 
 	14.2.3	 	fail to comply with a lawful instruction given to you by your manager or on behalf of the Company; or	
 
 	14.2.4	 	cease to be entitled to work in the United Kingdom in accordance with the provisions of section 15 of the Immigration, Asylum and Nationality Act 2006.	
 
 	14.2.5	 	Any delay by the Company in exercising such right to terminate shall not constitute a waiver of it.  This Clause will not restrict any other right the Company may have (whether at common law or otherwise) to terminate your employment summarily.	
 
 	14.3	 	The Company has the right to suspend you during any investigation into alleged misconduct, during any disciplinary process and during any redundancy consultation.	
 
10

 

 	14.4	 	The Company may, at its absolute discretion terminate your employment with the Company by making a compensation payment to you in lieu of all or any outstanding notice due to you. This applies whether or not notice has been, or will be, served by either you or the Company. The amount of any such compensation payment will be the amount of (i) Basic Salary, at the rate then payable, which you would have received if you had worked during the whole, or the remainder, of your notice period, less deductions for tax and national insurance plus (ii) an amount equal to three times the monthly amount the Company was paying on your behalf and your eligible dependents with respect to the Company’s health insurance plans in which your and your eligible dependents were participants as of the date of termination  (the “Payment in Lieu”). To avoid doubt, you have no automatic entitlement to receive this compensation payment unless the Company informs you in writing that it has decided to terminate your employment in this way. During any such period you shall keep the Company informed on a monthly basis as to your earnings and you agree that the Company may deduct any money you earn during the period from the Payment in Lieu.	
 
 	14.5	 	The Company may require you not to attend at work and/or not to undertake all or any of your duties of employment during all or any part of your notice period. This applies whether the notice has been given by you or the Company.  This is called "Garden Leave".  However, during Garden Leave:	
 
 	14.5.1	 	the Company will continue to pay you your Basic Salary and provide you with your contractual benefits;	
 
 	14.5.2	 	you are required to take all outstanding accrued holiday during the Garden Leave period;	
 
 	14.5.3	 	you will remain an employee of the Company and will remain bound by the terms of your contract of employment, including but not limited to:	
 
 	14.5.3.1	 	your duty to act in the best interests of the Company and/ any Group Company;	
 
 	14.5.3.2	 	the mutual obligation of trust of confidence;	
 
 	14.5.3.3	 	your implied duties of good faith and fidelity;	
 
 	14.5.3.4	 	your obligations under the Confidentiality and Data Protection Clause, the Intellectual Property Clause, the Non-Competition Clause, and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses of this Agreement; and	
 
 	14.5.3.5	 	your duty to comply with the lawful and reasonable instructions of the Company;	
 
 	14.5.4	 	you may not undertake any other work or business activities of any kind without the prior written consent of the Company; and	
 
 	14.5.5	 	you must remain available or be contactable during normal business hours to provide such assistance to the Company as it may reasonably require from time to time.	
 
 	14.5.6	 	If you fail to give notice of termination in accordance with this Clause, the Company may elect by notice in writing to you not to accept such breach of this Agreement and if such election is made this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.	
 
 	14.5.7	 	The termination of your employment will be without prejudice to any right the Company may have in respect of any breach by you of the provisions of this Agreement which may have occurred prior to such termination.	
 
 	14.5.8	 	You will not at any time after the termination of your employment with the Company represent yourself as still having any connection with the Company or any Group Company, save as a former employee for the purpose of communicating with prospective employers or complying with any applicable statutory requirements.	
 
 	15.	 	Confidentiality	
11

 

 	15.1	 	You accept and understand that as a natural and inevitable consequence of your employment and the carrying out of duties associated with such employment, you will be likely to obtain and become aware of confidential information as well as to obtain personal knowledge of, and influence over, the Company’s and/or any Group Company’s suppliers, customers, clients, consultants and employees such that you will be placed in a position whereby you may cause commercial damage to the legitimate business interests of the Company and/or any Group Company by using such confidential information, personal knowledge and/or influence for the benefit of any other entity.	
 
 	15.2	 	In order to protect and maintain the Company’s legitimate business interests you agree that during your employment and after your Termination Date (without limitation in time) you will not directly or indirectly (unless authorised to do so by the Company or by a Court):	
 
 	15.2.1	 	disclose to any other person, company or organisation whatsoever; and/or	
 
 	15.2.2	 	make use of, for your own or any other person, company or organisation’s benefit whatsoever; and/or	
 
 	15.2.3	 	through any failure to exercise all due care and diligence cause or permit any unauthorised disclosure of	
 
any trade secrets or Confidential Information that has been or will be given to you in confidence by the Company and/or any Group Company or which you as a person of honesty and reasonable intelligence should reasonably treat as confidential, whether or not the same is specifically marked as confidential.
 
 	15.3	 	The term “Confidential Information” shall include any information relating to the business and/or the financial affairs of the Company and/or any Group Company or any of its customers, clients, suppliers, agents or distributors (actual or potential) and in particular shall include:	
 
 	15.3.1	 	all information and any idea in whatever form, tangible or intangible, whether disclosed to or learned or developed by you, pertaining in any manner to the business of the Company and/or any Group Company or to the clients/customers, consultants, business associates, suppliers or employees of the same or any other party with whom the same agrees to hold information of such party in confidence;	
 
 	15.3.2	 	all client/customer lists and all lists or other compilations containing client, customer or vendor information;	
 
 	15.3.3	 	all information about products, proposed products, product development, research, techniques, processes, costs, profits, markets, marketing plans, strategies, forecasts, sales and commissions;	
 
 	15.3.4	 	plans for the future development of new product or service concepts;	
 
 	15.3.5	 	all techniques or processes, documents, books, papers, computer systems and software, databases and other data of any kind and description, including electronic data recorded or retrieved by any means;	
 
 	15.3.6	 	all information relating to the remuneration and terms of employment of other employees;	
 
 	15.3.7	 	all information (including all negotiations) relating to, or in any way connected with, actual or proposed transactions affecting the Company and/or any Group Company and/or its or their business;	
 
 	15.3.8	 	all commercial information including the terms of commercial agreements or intended or proposed commercial agreements as well as any and all negotiations regarding, towards or arising out of commercial agreements or proposed commercial agreements;	
 
 	15.3.9	 	all information which the Company and/or any Group Company treats as confidential or expressly designates as “Confidential Information”;	
 
 	15.3.10	 	the business methods and information of the Company and/or any Group Company (including prices charged or discounts given to agents or obtained from suppliers, marketing and advertising
12	

 

programmes and costings, budgets, forecasts turnover, sales targets or other financial information);	
 
 	15.3.11	 	lists and particulars of the Company and/or any Group Company’s clients, suppliers, agents and distributors and the individual contact or contacts at such clients, suppliers, agents and distributors	
 
 	15.3.12	 	any know how or trade secrets or other matters connected with the products or services marketed and/or provided by the Company and/or any Group Company; and	
 
 	15.3.13	 	any information in respect of which the Company and/or any Group Company is bound by an obligation of confidence to any third party.	
 
 	15.4	 	The previous sub-Clause will not apply to any information which is in the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure (whether by you or any other person) or which you are entitled to disclose under the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 (only insofar as such information is disclosed in accordance with the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998).	
 
 	15.5	 	No Confidential Information may be reproduced (except in the proper exercise of your duties to the Company) or given to the press or any publication whatsoever or in the form of a paper to a professional body without the prior written consent of the Company.	
 
 	15.6	 	You shall not make copies of, or memorise any, Confidential Information and shall on the Termination Date return to the Company any records in any form of Confidential Information acquired or received by you during the course of your employment and shall not retain any copy, summary or précis of the same.	
 
 	16.	 	Data Protection	
 
 	16.1	 	During your employment and for as long a period as is necessary following the termination of your employment, you agree that we may, to the extent that it is reasonably necessary in connection with your employment, obtain, keep, use, produce and transfer to other persons including, without limitation, Group Companies, potential purchasers of the Company and medical practitioners, records (in personnel files and/or on the Company’s computer system) containing:	
 
 	(a)	 	Personal data about you; and	

 	(b)	 	Sensitive personal data relating to your:-	
 
 	(i)	 	racial or ethnic origin or religious belief;	

 	(ii)	 	physical and mental health;	

 	(iii)	 	trade union membership; and/or	

 	(iv)	 	the commission or alleged commission of any offence;	
 
for the purposes of:
 
 	(i)	 	administration, management, analysis and assessment in connection with your recruitment, employment and remuneration;	

 	(ii)	 	equal opportunities monitoring;	

 	(iii)	 	enabling us to safeguard your health and safety at work;	

 	(iv)	 	the Company’s Sick Pay Scheme; and	

 	(v)	 	complying with our statutory obligations.	
 
 	16.2	 	You accept that such transfer and disclosure of personal data shall apply regardless of the country to which the data is to be transferred and you acknowledge that such transfer may be outside of the European Economic Area.	
 
 	16.3	 	This Clause does not affect your rights as a data subject or the Company’s obligations and responsibilities under data protection legislation.	
 
 	17.	 	Assignment of Intellectual Property	
13

 

 	17.1	 	You acknowledge that the Company is the sole owner of any and all Intellectual Property Rights and insofar as any of the Intellectual Property Rights are not automatically vested in the Company and in consideration of the Basic Salary payable to you under the terms of this Agreement you hereby irrevocably assign to the Company absolutely with full title guarantee all right, title and interest in and to  (including by way of present assignment of future Intellectual Property Rights) and all other rights and interests of whatsoever nature in and to the Intellectual Property Rights including the right to take proceedings and recover damages and obtain all other remedies for past infringements in respect thereof throughout the Universe for the full period of copyright (and of any analogous rights) and all revivals, renewals, extensions and novations thereof and thereafter (so far as possible) in perpetuity together with the right to the same in any manner and through any media (whether now known or hereinafter invented) as the Company shall in its absolute discretion decide.	
 
 	17.2	 	All records, documents, papers (including copies and summaries thereof) and other copyright protected works made or acquired by you in the course of your employment shall, together with all the Intellectual Property Rights in all such works, be and at all times remain the absolute property of the Company.	
 
 	17.3	 	To the extent permissible by any applicable laws, you hereby irrevocably assign with full title guarantee (including by way of present assignment of future rights) to the Company all right, title and interest in and to any ‘performers property rights’ as that term is understood in Chapter II of Part II of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 and any equivalent rights under any similar legislation in any other part of the world including without limitation all relevant reproduction, distribution, lending and rental rights and the making available right arising out of your employment throughout the world and you hereby irrevocably and unconditionally confirm that the Basic Salary payable to you under the terms of this Agreement includes equitable remuneration for the right to exploit all such rental rights.	
 
 	17.4	 	You hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waive all rights granted by Chapter IV of Part I of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 and all similar rights in other jurisdictions that vest in you (whether before, on or after the date hereof) in connection with your authorship of any copyright works in the course of your employment with the Company, wherever in the world enforceable, including without limitation the right to be identified as the author of any such works and the right not to have any such works subjected to derogatory treatment.	
 
 	17.5	 	The Company and you both acknowledge and accept the provisions of Sections 39 to 42 of the Patents Act 1977 ("the Act") relating to the ownership of employees’ inventions and the compensation of employees for certain inventions.	
 
 	17.6	 	You agree that, by virtue of the nature of your duties and the responsibility arising from them, you have and shall have at all times a special obligation to further the interests of the Company within the meaning of Section 39(1)(b) of the Act.	
 
 	17.7	 	You agree that all rights to and in any invention, development, process, plan, design, formula, specification, program or other matter or work whatsoever which you make, develop or discover, either alone or with others, during the course of your duties of employment for the Company whether or not during working hours, whether or not using Company premises or resources and whether or not recorded in material form shall belong to and be the property of the Company (“Inventions”).  You agree to immediately tell the Company about any Inventions and that you will keep confidential any and all information in any way relating to the Inventions unless otherwise authorised by the Company.  You also agree to provide the Company with all materials embodying or relating to the Inventions, regardless of format.	
 
 	17.8	 	To the extent that you make, discover or develop any invention, development, process, plan, design, formula, specification, program or other matter or work whatsoever which do not belong to the Company further to the previous sub-Clause above but which:	
 
 	17.8.1	 	you make (wholly or partly, either alone or with others) using the Company’s or any Group Company's equipment; or	
14

 

 	17.8.2	 	which you make (wholly or partly, alone or with others) using information obtained during the course of your employment; or	
 
 	17.8.3	 	which is or may be relevant to or related to the Company’s or any Group  Company's existing or future business (collectively Executive Rights"),	
 
you agree to immediately inform the Company of the Executive Rights and, at the request and cost of the Company (and notwithstanding the termination of your employment) to immediately license or assign (as requested by the Company) all aspects of the Executive Rights to the Company and to deliver to the Company all documents and other materials relating to the Executive Rights.  The Company shall pay you compensation for the licence or assignment as the Company shall determine in its absolute discretion, subject to Section 40 of the Act.
 
 	17.9	 	You also agree, at the request and cost of the Company (and notwithstanding the termination of your employment) to sign and execute all such documents and do all such acts as the Company may reasonably require:	
 
 	17.9.1	 	to apply for and obtain in the sole name of the Company alone (unless the Company otherwise directs) patent, registered design, or other protection of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Inventions in any country throughout the world and, when so obtained or vested, to renew and maintain the same;	
 
 	17.9.2	 	to resist any objection or opposition to obtaining, and any petitions or applications for revocation of, any such patent, registered design or other protection;	
 
 	17.9.3	 	to bring any proceedings for infringement of any such patent, registered design or other protection, the Company having sole control of all aspects of such proceedings and/or disputes relating to the same;  and	
 
 	17.9.4	 	to otherwise to give effect to the assignments, waivers and licences contemplated under this Clause.	
 
 	17.10	 	The Company shall decide, in its sole discretion, whether to apply for patent, registered design or other protection in respect of the Inventions and reserves the right to work any of the Inventions as a secret process.	
 
 	18.	 	Non-Competition	
 
 	18.1	 	You agree that you will not (without the Company’s prior written consent), during the course of your employment or during the Restricted Period within the Restricted Area and whether on your own account or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person, firm, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever, (and whether as an employee, director, principal, agent, consultant or in any other capacity whatsoever), directly or indirectly:	
 
 	18.1.1	 	be employed; or	
 
 	18.1.2	 	be engaged in; or	
 
 	18.1.3	 	at all interested in; or	
 
 	18.1.4	 	perform services in respect of; or	
 
 	18.1.5	 	be otherwise at all involved or interested in:	
 
any business which provides or supplies goods and/or services which are the same as or similar to the Restricted Goods or Restricted Services, if the business is or seeks (at that time or in the future) to be in competition with the Company and/or any Group Company.
 
15

 

 	18.2	 	For the purposes of this Clause, acts done by you outside the Restricted Area shall nonetheless be deemed to be done within the Restricted Area where their primary purpose is to distribute, sell, supply or otherwise deal with goods and/or services which are the same as or similar to the Restricted Goods or Restricted Services in the Restricted Area.	
 
 	18.3	 	This Clause is subject to the exception that you may hold, for investment purposes only, an interest (as defined by s820 to s825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or in the case of Securities not having any nominal value in number or class of Securities, in any class of Securities in a company which is quoted on any Recognised Investment Exchange provided that the company which issued the Securities does not carry on a business which is similar to, or competitive with, any business for the time being carried on by the Company or any Group Company.	
 
 	19.	 	Non-Solicitation of Customers	
 
 	19.1	 	You agree that you will not, during the course of your employment or during the Restricted Period, without the Company’s prior written consent, whether on your own behalf or in conjunction with any person, firm, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever, (and whether as an employee, director, agent, principal, consultant or in any other capacity whatsoever), directly or indirectly, in competition with the Company and/or any Group Company:	
 
 	19.1.1	 	solicit business from; or assist in soliciting business from; or canvas any Customer or Prospective Customer in respect of Restricted Goods or Restricted Services; and/or	
 
 	19.1.2	 	accept orders or custom from; or facilitate the acceptance of orders or custom from; or act for; or have any business dealings with any Customer or Prospective Customer in respect of Restricted Goods or Restricted Services.	
 
 	20.	 	Non-Solicitation of Employees	
 
 	20.1	 	You agree that you will not, during the course of your employment or during the Restricted Period, without the Company’s prior written consent, whether on your own behalf or in conjunction with any person, firm, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever, (and whether as an employee, director, agent, principal, consultant or in any other capacity whatsoever), directly or indirectly:	
 
 	20.1.1	 	solicit; or induce; or endeavour to solicit or induce; or assist or facilitate any other person to solicit or induce (including but not limited to by providing such person with information about the Critical Employee) any person who, on the Termination Date, was a Critical Employee to cease working for or providing services to the Company or any Group Company, whether or not any such person would thereby commit a breach of contract; and/or	
 
 	20.1.2	 	employ; or otherwise engage any Critical Employee in the business of researching into, developing or otherwise dealing with goods or services which are the same as or similar to Restricted Goods or Restricted Services if that business is, or seeks to be at that time or in the future, in competition with the Company and/or any Group Company.	
 
 	21.	 	Interference with Suppliers	
 
 	21.1	 	You agree that you will not, during the course of your employment or during the Restricted Period, without the Company’s prior written consent, whether on your own behalf or in conjunction with any person, firm, company, business entity or other organisation whatsoever, (and whether as an employee, director, agent, principal, consultant or in any other capacity whatsoever), directly or indirectly:	
 
 	21.1.1	 	solicit; or induce; or endeavour to solicit or induce any Supplier to cease to deal with the Company and/or any Group Company; and/or	
 
 	21.1.2	 	interfere in any way with any relationship, or the supply of goods or services, between a Supplier and the Company or any Group Company.	
 
16

 

 	22.	 	Notifiable Offer	
 
 	22.1	 	You hereby undertake that you will immediately notify the Company of any offer of employment or any other engagement or arrangement made to you by any third party or parties which may give rise to a breach of one or more of the covenants contained in the Non-Competition Clause and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses (“Notifiable Offer”).	
 
 	22.2	 	You acknowledge and agree that you shall be obliged to draw the provisions of the covenants contained in the Non-Competition Clause and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses to the attention of any third party who may at any time before or after the termination of your employment offer to employ or engage you and for whom you intend to work at any time during the 12 months after termination of your employment.	
 
 	22.3	 	The Company reserves the right to inform any third party or parties of the existence of the covenants contained in the Non-Competition Clause and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses.	
 
 	23.	 	Agreement or Undertaking with Group Company	
 
 	23.1	 	You hereby agree that you will at the request and cost of the Company enter into a direct agreement or undertaking with any Group Company whereby you will accept restrictions and provisions corresponding to the restrictions and provisions in the Non-Competition Clause and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses (or such of them as may be appropriate in the circumstances) in relation to such activities and such area and for such a period as such Group Company may reasonably require for the protection of its legitimate business interests.	
 
 	24.	 	Previous Employer Information	
 
 	24.1	 	You represent and warrant that you are not prevented or restricted by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, from fully performing the duties of this employment, or any of them, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. You undertake to indemnify the Company against any claims, costs, damages, liabilities or expenses which the Company may incur as a result if you are in such breach.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Company neither requests nor permits you as an employee to act in breach of any duties of confidentiality you owe to any prior employer. You further represent and warrant to the Company that, you will disclose to any future employer the nature and duration of any restriction that continues after the termination of this Agreement, including, but not limited to, your duty of confidentiality to the Company.	
 
 	24.2	 	The benefit of each of your agreements and obligations under the Non-Competition Clause and the Non-Solicitation of Employees, Customers and Suppliers Clauses of this Agreement may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and its Group Companies and such agreements and obligations will operate and remain binding despite the termination of this Agreement.	
 
 	25.	 	Company Property	
 
 	25.1	 	All property belonging to the Company including (but not limited to) any company credit card, keys, security pass, identity badge, mobile telephone, laptop computer and all documents and copies (whether written, printed, electronic, recorded or otherwise and wherever located) made, compiled or acquired by you during your employment with the Company or relating to the business or affairs of the Company must be returned to us at any time on request and in any event prior to the termination of your employment with us.	
 
 	25.2	 	You undertake that you will copy to the Company and then irretrievably delete from the hard disk of any private computer used by you or any magnetic or optical disk or memory which is in your possession or under your control, all documents , drawings, graphics and information belonging to or obtained from or prepared for the Company or any Group Company or any of its or their respective customers or clients and you shall inform the Company of any passwords used by you in order to
17	

 

access such documents, drawings, graphics and information.	
 
 	26.	 	Disciplinary and Grievance Procedure	
 
 	26.1	 	The Company deals with disciplinary and grievance matters in accordance with the Company’s disciplinary and grievance procedures, a copy of which is available from Human Resources.	
 
 	26.2	 	The disciplinary and grievance procedures may be altered by the Company from time to time and do not form part of this Agreement and are not contractually binding.	
 
 	26.3	 	If you:	

 	(a)	 	wish to obtain redress of any grievance relating to your employment;	
 
 	(b)	 	are dissatisfied with any reprimand, suspension or other disciplinary step taken by the Company; or	
 
 	(c)	 	wish to appeal any decision taken by the Company in relation to a disciplinary or grievance matter	
 
you should apply in writing to the HR Department in accordance with the Company’s grievance and/or disciplinary procedures.
 
 	26.4	 	The Company reserves the right to suspend you on full pay and not provide you with work pending the making and completion of the investigation of any matter relating to any disciplinary or grievance situation.	
 
 	27.	 	Office Rules and Procedures	
 
 	27.1	 	You are expected to acquaint yourself with all the office rules and procedures which are available from the HR Department.  The Company reserves the right to modify withdraw or initiate any rules or procedures as it deems fit.  Due notice of any such changes shall be notified to you.	
 
 	27.2	 	You will at all times keep the Company informed of your permanent home address and telephone number (if any).	
 
 	28.	 	Email, Internet and Telephone Use	
 
 	28.1	 	You shall comply with the terms of any email, internet and telephone policy as may be issued by the Company from time to time.	
 
 	28.2	 	You must not use Company resources, facilities, systems or equipment to send communications of any kind including but not limited to emails or any instant messages, which are of a defamatory, pornographic, offensive or an abusive nature of which could be construed as discrimination, racism, victimisation or any other form of harassment or to misuse confidential or proprietary information relating to the Company or any Group Company or any of its directors or employees.	
 
 	28.3	 	The Company provides browsing access to the Internet for work purposes only.  You must not use Company resources, facilities, systems or equipment to access, view, transmit, post download, upload or distribute illegal or inappropriate material through the internet or otherwise, including without limitation:	

 	(a)	 	Pornographic or other offensive material or materials of a sexually explicit nature;	

 	(b)	 	Any material which is sexist, racist, homophobic, xenophobic or similarly discriminatory;	

 	(c)	 	Any defamatory material which is likely to cause embarrassment to the Company and/or any Group Company or damage its or their reputation or interests or that of any of its Directors; or	

 	(d)	 	Information that may create civil or criminal liability.	
 
 	28.4	 	Other than may be required or related to your duties on behalf of the Company, you must not use the Company’s resources, facilities, systems or equipment to participate in any Internet chat room or post
18	

 

or publish any content to the Internet, even outside working time.	
 
 	28.5	 	You must not under any circumstances make any explicit or anonymous reference to the Company and/or any Group Company in any participation you make in any internet chat room, in any content that you post or publish to the Internet, whether written or visual (including but not limited to posting messages on any internet message board or setting up or logging text or information on a blog or contributing to social networking or content-sharing sites) outside of office hours, even if you are not using the Company’s systems (and are using personal IT systems), unless it is pursuant to your duties and authorised by your manager.	
 
 	28.6	 	Without limitation, you should not under any circumstances post or publish any written, vocal or visual content to the Internet, whether or not using the Company’s systems or personal IT systems and whether or not during work time or outside work time, which criticises or embarrasses the Company and/or any Group Company or reveals confidential information about it or them. 	
 
 	28.7	 	You must keep passwords to computer equipment, blackberry, mobile phone, laptop, voicemail or any other IT system confidential and you must not divulge such passwords to unauthorised third parties.	
 
 	28.8	 	A breach of this clause may amount to gross misconduct and you may be subject to disciplinary action.	
 
 	28.9	 	You consent to the Company monitoring and recording any use that you make of the Company’s IT systems for the purpose of ensuring that the Company’s rules are being complied with and for legitimate business purposes.	
 
 	29.	 	Collective Agreement	
 
There are no collective agreements in force which relate to your employment.
 
 	30.	 	Changes to your Terms of Employment	
 
 	30.1	 	The Company reserves the right to make reasonable changes to any of your terms and conditions of employment.	
 
 	30.2	 	You will be notified in writing of any change to the particulars of your employment at the earliest opportunity and in any event within one month of the change.	
 
 	31.	 	Entire Agreement	
 
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties as to the subject matter contained herein and supersedes all (if any) subsisting or previous agreements, arrangements and understandings or parts of agreements, arrangements or understandings (as appropriate) relating to the subject matter hereof which such agreements, arrangements and understandings (or parts thereof) shall be deemed to have been terminated by mutual consent without liability on either party but without prejudice to accrued rights and liabilities.
 
 	32.	 	Choice of Laws and submission of Jurisdiction	
 
This Agreement is governed by and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of England and Wales and the parties to this Agreement hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the English courts.
 
 	33.	 	Miscellaneous	
 
 	33.1	 	The failure by the Company to require strict performance by you of any obligation under this Agreement or failure by the Company to exercise any of its rights under this Agreement shall not waive or diminish its rights to require strict performance of such obligation or to exercise such rights.	
 
 	33.2	 	No term in this Agreement is enforceable under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.	
19

 

Signed	 	Dated	 	

For and on behalf of Synchronoss Technologies UK Limited
I understand and accept the terms and conditions contained or incorporated in this Agreement and accept that these form my contract of employment.

 
 	 	 	 	
Signed	 	Dated	 	
 	Chris Halbard	 	 	
 
20

 

Schedule 1
Home Workers’ Rights and Obligations
 
 	1.	 	Equipment & Insurance	
 
 	1.1	 	We shall provide you with a printer, keyboard, mouse and laptop (“Company Property”) for the sole purpose of carrying out your duties under this agreement.	
 
 	1.2	 	For the avoidance of doubt the Company Property shall remain the property of the Company throughout your employment and you shall not permit use of it by any person other than yourself and authorised representatives of the Company.	
 
 	1.3	 	We shall install, service and maintain the Company Property, as necessary, at our own expense.  You shall be responsible for any damage to the Company Property which goes beyond ordinary wear and tear.  You are required to report to the Company any loss damage or malfunction of the Company Property as soon as you become aware of it.	
 
 	1.4	 	You shall be responsible for taking out and maintaining a valid policy of insurance covering the Company Property against fire, theft, loss and damage throughout your employment. You shall ensure that the level of cover and other terms of insurance are acceptable to the Company and shall on request supply to the Company copies of such insurance policy and evidence that the relevant premiums have been paid.	
 
 	1.5	 	You shall not do, cause or permit any act or omission which will invalidate your insurance policy covering the Company Property.	
 
 	2.	 	Right to Enter	
 
 	2.1	 	You consent to the Company's representatives, at reasonable times and on reasonable notice, entering your home address to:	
 
 	(a)	 	install, inspect, replace, repair, maintain or service the Company Property during your employment;	
 
 	(b)	 	carry out health and safety risk assessments of the Company Property and your workstation during your employment;	
 
 	(c)	 	recover the Company Property on or after termination of your employment or at any time as notified by the Company.	
 
 	3.	 	Confidentiality	
 
 	3.1	 	You are responsible for ensuring the security of Confidential Information (as defined in the Agreement) in your home.  In particular, you undertake to:	
 
 	(a)	 	encrypt and/or protect by password any Confidential Information held on your home computer;	

 	(b)	 	lock your computer terminal whenever it is left unattended;	

 	(c)	 	ensure any wireless network used is secure;	

 	(d)	 	keep all papers in filing cabinets that are locked when not in use; and	

 	(e)	 	comply with the Company’s data protection policy from time to time in force regarding the retention of personal data.	
21

Exhibit 21.1
 
Subsidiaries of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.
 
Listed below are subsidiaries of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 with their jurisdictions of organization shown in parentheses. Those subsidiaries not listed would not, in the aggregate, constitute a “significant subsidiary” of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc., as that term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.
 
urope	 	 	
Subsidiary Name	 	Place of Incorporation of Organization	
Synchronoss Software Ireland Ltd	 	Ireland	
Synchronoss Technologies Europe Ltd.	 	Ireland	

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:
 	(1)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑136088) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan,	

 	(2)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑3 No. 333‑164619) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.,	

 	(3)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑167000) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan,	

 	(4)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑168745) pertaining to the 2010 New Hire Equity Incentive Plan,	

 	(5)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑179544) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and	

 	(6)	 	Registration Statement (Form S‑8 No. 333‑118939) pertaining to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan;	

 	(7)	 	Registration Statement (Form S 3 No. 333 197871) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc.;	
of our reports dated February 25, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10‑K) of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
MetroPark, New Jersey
February 25, 2015

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Stephen G. Waldis, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014;
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ Stephen G. Waldis	 	
Stephen G. Waldis
Chief Executive Officer	 	
Dated: February 25, 2015

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Karen L. Rosenberger, certify that:
1.I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10‑K of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014; report; 
2.Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
3.Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(e) and 15d‑15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a‑15(f) and 15d‑15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s Board of Directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/Karen L. Rosenberger	 	
Karen L. Rosenberger
Chief Financial Officer	 	
Dated: February 25, 2015

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Synchronoss Technologies Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the period ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Steve Waldis, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ Stephen G. Waldis	 	
Stephen G. Waldis
Chief Executive Officer	 	
February 25, 2015

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES‑OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10‑K for the period ending December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Karen Rosenberger, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1)The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

/s/ KAREN L. ROSENBERGER	 	
Karen L. Rosenberger
Chief Financial Officer	 	
February 25, 2015